1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
64 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
65 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
68 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
69 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
71 % redefine the greyed out note
72 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
73 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
75 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
80 \font_typewriter default
81 \font_default_family default
95 \paperorientation portrait
106 \paragraph_separation indent
108 \quotes_language english
111 \paperpagestyle default
112 \tracking_changes false
113 \output_changes false
129 \begin_layout Standard
131 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
134 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
146 \begin_layout Standard
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Standard
151 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
158 \begin_layout Standard
159 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
167 \begin_layout Standard
168 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
175 \begin_layout Chapter
179 \begin_layout Section
183 \begin_layout Standard
184 LyX is a document preparation system.
185 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
186 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
187 It is unlike most other
188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
195 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
197 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
218 \begin_layout Standard
219 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
236 \begin_layout Standard
238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
250 the format of all of the manuals.
251 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
252 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
269 \begin_layout Section
273 \begin_layout Standard
274 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
276 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
277 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
279 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
301 \begin_layout Standard
302 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
303 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
304 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
306 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
307 only a vertical scrollbar.
308 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
309 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
310 This, however, is due
311 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
312 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
313 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
314 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
316 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
317 this doesn't work for equations yet.
320 \begin_layout Standard
321 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
322 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
324 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
325 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
330 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
331 ing sections of this documentation.
334 \begin_layout Section
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
344 of the manuals from inside LyX.
345 Just select the manual you want read from the
352 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
355 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
362 \begin_layout Standard
363 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
364 without resorting to configuration files.
365 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
366 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
367 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
370 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
378 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
379 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
380 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
381 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
383 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
387 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
388 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
392 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
395 \begin_layout Section
397 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
398 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
405 \begin_layout Standard
406 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
407 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
415 \begin_layout Standard
427 that will be created when using the menu
429 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
434 \begin_layout Standard
445 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
446 \begin_inset Note Note
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
458 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
459 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
461 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
466 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
468 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
469 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
479 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
480 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
487 \begin_layout Chapter
491 \begin_layout Section
492 Basic File Operations
493 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
494 name "File Operations"
501 \begin_layout Standard
506 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
510 \begin_layout Itemize
516 \begin_layout Itemize
528 \begin_layout Itemize
534 \begin_layout Itemize
540 \begin_layout Itemize
546 \begin_layout Itemize
553 \begin_layout Itemize
561 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_layout Itemize
574 \begin_layout Itemize
580 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_layout Standard
593 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
594 a few minor differences.
597 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
606 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
607 you for a template to use.
608 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
609 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
610 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
611 (see section\InsetSpace ~
613 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
614 reference "sec:doc-classes"
621 \begin_layout Standard
623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
646 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
647 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
650 \begin_layout Standard
662 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
666 \begin_layout Standard
667 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
686 will reload the document from disk.
687 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
688 and want to restore it to the last save.
694 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
695 can identify this as your changes.
698 \begin_layout Section
699 Basic Editing Features
700 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
706 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
707 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
714 \begin_layout Standard
715 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
716 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
717 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
718 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
720 We'll start with cut and paste.
723 \begin_layout Standard
724 As you might expect, the
728 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
729 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
733 \begin_layout Itemize
739 \begin_layout Itemize
745 \begin_layout Itemize
751 \begin_layout Itemize
758 \begin_layout Itemize
765 \begin_layout Itemize
773 \begin_layout Standard
774 The first three are self-explanatory.
775 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
776 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
785 keys also functions as the
790 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
791 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
792 it with what you just typed.
797 to get back the lost text.
800 \begin_layout Standard
801 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
807 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
810 \begin_layout Standard
813 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
815 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
817 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
820 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
826 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
832 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
833 will start a new paragraph.
836 \begin_layout Standard
837 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
838 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
844 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
856 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
861 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
872 button to skip the current word.
878 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
884 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
886 If the toggle is set, searching for
887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
898 will not match the word
899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
913 Match whole words only
915 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
943 \begin_layout Section
945 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
951 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
957 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
958 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
967 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
973 to undo some mistake.
974 If you accidentally undo too much, use
976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
987 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
992 \begin_layout Standard
993 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
994 it was last saved, the
995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1002 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1003 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1006 \begin_layout Standard
1015 work on almost everything in LyX.
1016 They have some quirks, too.
1025 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1026 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1034 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1035 surely appreciate how it works.
1038 \begin_layout Section
1040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1041 name "Mouse Operations"
1048 \begin_layout Standard
1049 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1052 \begin_layout Enumerate
1057 \begin_layout Itemize
1062 once anywhere in the edit window.
1063 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1067 \begin_layout Enumerate
1072 \begin_layout Itemize
1078 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1081 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1084 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1087 \begin_layout Itemize
1088 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1090 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1097 \begin_layout Enumerate
1098 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1102 \begin_layout Standard
1107 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1108 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1109 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1113 \begin_layout Enumerate
1118 \begin_layout Standard
1123 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1128 \begin_layout Section
1130 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1131 name "sec: key bindings"
1136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1144 \begin_layout Standard
1145 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1146 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1148 LyX's default is CUA.
1151 \begin_layout Standard
1178 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1182 \begin_layout Labeling
1183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1187 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1189 description "Tabulator key"
1195 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1196 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1199 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1204 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1205 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1209 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1211 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1212 reference "sub:Lists"
1218 If you're still confused, look in the
1225 \begin_layout Labeling
1226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1230 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1232 description "Escape key"
1239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1246 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1247 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1250 \begin_layout Labeling
1251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1262 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1263 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1267 \begin_layout Standard
1268 There are three modifier keys:
1271 \begin_layout Labeling
1272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1290 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1292 description "Control key"
1296 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1297 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1301 \begin_layout Itemize
1310 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1313 \begin_layout Itemize
1322 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1325 \begin_layout Itemize
1334 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1338 \begin_layout Labeling
1339 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1357 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1359 description "Shift key"
1363 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1364 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1367 \begin_layout Labeling
1368 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1386 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1388 description "Meta or Alt key"
1392 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1393 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1394 If you have you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually
1400 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1402 menu accelerator keys
1405 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1406 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1410 \begin_layout Standard
1411 For example, the sequence
1412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1463 \begin_layout Standard
1464 There are also other things bound to the
1468 key, but you'll have to check in the
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1482 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1483 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1484 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1485 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1486 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1487 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 followed by a capital
1509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1527 \begin_layout Chapter
1529 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1537 \begin_layout Section
1539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1540 name "Document ! Types"
1547 \begin_layout Subsection
1551 \begin_layout Standard
1552 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1553 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1554 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1555 numbering schemes, and so on.
1556 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1557 and format the title of your document differently.
1560 \begin_layout Standard
1565 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1566 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1567 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1568 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1569 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1573 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1574 how to adjust their properties.
1577 \begin_layout Subsection
1578 The Various Document Classes
1579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1580 name "Document ! Classes"
1585 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1586 name "sec:doc-classes"
1593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1597 \begin_layout Standard
1598 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1602 \begin_layout Description
1603 Article for basic articles
1606 \begin_layout Description
1607 Report for basic reports
1610 \begin_layout Description
1611 Book for writing a book
1614 \begin_layout Description
1615 Letter for US-style letters
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1619 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1621 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1622 can be found in chapter
1624 Special Document Classes
1633 \begin_layout Description
1634 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1637 \begin_layout Description
1644 \begin_layout Standard
1653 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1657 \begin_layout Description
1658 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1659 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1660 There are three article layouts available.
1661 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1662 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1663 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1664 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1669 sequential numbering
1670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1673 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1674 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1675 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1676 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1679 \begin_layout Description
1680 Beamer Layout for presentations
1683 \begin_layout Description
1684 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1685 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1689 \begin_layout Description
1690 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1691 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1694 \begin_layout Description
1695 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1698 \begin_layout Description
1701 Die TeXnische Komödie
1703 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1706 \begin_layout Description
1707 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1710 \begin_layout Description
1711 Foils Used to make transparencies
1714 \begin_layout Description
1715 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1718 \begin_layout Description
1719 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1720 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1726 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1729 \begin_layout Description
1730 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1733 \begin_layout Description
1734 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1739 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1742 \begin_layout Description
1743 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1746 \begin_layout Description
1751 LaTeX document class
1754 \begin_layout Description
1755 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1758 \begin_layout Description
1763 \begin_layout Standard
1770 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1771 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1773 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1776 \begin_layout Description
1777 Slides Used to make transparencies
1780 \begin_layout Description
1782 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1783 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1786 \begin_layout Description
1787 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1790 \begin_layout Description
1795 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1798 \begin_layout Standard
1799 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1801 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1806 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1807 of the document classes.
1810 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1814 \begin_layout Standard
1815 You can select a class using the
1817 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1819 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1820 name "Document ! Settings"
1827 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1831 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 Each class has a default set of options.
1837 Here's a quick table describing them:
1840 \begin_layout Standard
1841 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1847 \begin_layout Standard
1849 \begin_inset Tabular
1850 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1857 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1870 \begin_layout Standard
1885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1888 \begin_layout Standard
1903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1906 \begin_layout Standard
1921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1924 \begin_layout Standard
1940 <row topline="true">
1941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1961 \begin_layout Standard
1976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1979 \begin_layout Standard
1994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1997 \begin_layout Standard
2012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2015 \begin_layout Standard
2031 <row topline="true">
2032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2035 \begin_layout Standard
2049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2070 \begin_layout Standard
2085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2088 \begin_layout Standard
2103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2106 \begin_layout Standard
2122 <row topline="true">
2123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2126 \begin_layout Standard
2140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2143 \begin_layout Standard
2158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2161 \begin_layout Standard
2176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2179 \begin_layout Standard
2194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2213 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2217 \begin_layout Standard
2231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2234 \begin_layout Standard
2249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2270 \begin_layout Standard
2285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2288 \begin_layout Standard
2310 \begin_layout Standard
2311 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2317 \begin_layout Standard
2318 You're probably also wondering what
2319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2328 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2329 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2334 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2339 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2349 headings, there are also
2357 headings, and so on.
2358 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2360 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2361 reference "sub:Headings"
2368 \begin_layout Subsection
2370 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2371 name "Document ! Layout"
2376 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2377 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2384 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2385 name "Document ! Settings"
2392 \begin_layout Standard
2393 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2405 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2408 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2410 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2411 to use for your document.
2412 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2426 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2427 You can choose between the following five options:
2430 \begin_layout Labeling
2431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2436 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2439 \begin_layout Labeling
2440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2445 No page numbers or headings.
2448 \begin_layout Labeling
2449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2457 \begin_layout Labeling
2458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2463 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2464 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2465 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2468 \begin_layout Labeling
2469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2474 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2478 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2479 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2486 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2487 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2489 Check the documentation for the
2493 package for more details,
2494 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2502 \begin_layout Standard
2507 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2509 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2510 reference "sec:parindentintro"
2517 \begin_layout Subsection
2518 Paper Size and Orientation
2519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2520 name "Document ! Paper size"
2525 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2526 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2533 \begin_layout Standard
2534 You'll find the following options in the menu
2539 of the dialog of the
2541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2547 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2548 name "Document ! Settings"
2555 \begin_layout Labeling
2556 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2561 What size paper to print on.
2565 \begin_layout Itemize
2571 \begin_layout Itemize
2581 \begin_layout Itemize
2587 \begin_layout Itemize
2593 \begin_layout Itemize
2599 \begin_layout Itemize
2605 \begin_layout Itemize
2611 \begin_layout Labeling
2612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2617 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2628 \begin_layout Labeling
2629 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2632 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2635 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2636 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2639 \begin_layout Subsection
2641 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2642 name "Document ! Margins"
2647 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2653 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2661 \begin_layout Standard
2662 Paper margins are set in the menu
2664 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2670 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2671 name "Document ! Settings"
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2679 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2680 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2681 the paper format and the font size into account.
2684 \begin_layout Subsection
2688 \begin_layout Standard
2689 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2694 That includes the paragraph environments.
2695 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2696 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2697 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2698 paragraph environments to
2702 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2703 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2704 the conversion and why it failed.
2707 \begin_layout Section
2708 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2709 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2710 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2717 \begin_layout Subsection
2719 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2720 name "sec:parindentintro"
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2728 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2729 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2732 \begin_layout Standard
2733 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2734 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2735 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2736 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2740 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2746 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2747 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2748 language than English.
2749 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2752 \begin_layout Standard
2753 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2754 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2756 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2757 LyX takes care of that.
2758 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2760 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2761 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2762 of a page, and so on.
2766 \begin_layout Standard
2767 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2772 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2773 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2777 of these pre-coded spacings.
2778 We'll explain more later.
2781 \begin_layout Subsection
2782 Paragraph Separation
2783 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2784 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 To separate paragraphs, select
2807 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2809 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2810 name "Document ! Settings"
2816 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2817 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2818 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2821 \begin_layout Standard
2831 \begin_layout Standard
2832 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2834 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2835 reference "cap:Units"
2840 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2844 \begin_layout Subsection
2848 \begin_layout Standard
2849 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2853 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2856 dialog and toggle the
2861 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2862 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2863 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2867 \begin_layout Standard
2868 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2869 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2872 \begin_layout Subsection
2874 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2875 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2882 \begin_layout Standard
2885 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2887 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2888 name "Document ! Settings"
2894 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2904 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2907 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2908 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2914 installed to use this feature.
2922 \begin_layout Section
2923 Paragraph Environments
2924 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2925 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2930 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2931 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2936 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2937 name "Paragraph environments|("
2944 \begin_layout Subsection
2948 \begin_layout Standard
2949 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2952 \begin_layout Standard
2972 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2973 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2974 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2983 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2986 \begin_layout Standard
2987 A paragraph environment is simply a
2988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2995 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2996 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2997 scheme, labels, and so on.
2998 Additionally, you can
2999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3006 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3007 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3008 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3009 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3010 days of typewriters.
3011 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3013 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3016 \begin_layout Standard
3017 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3019 LyX will change the environment of the
3023 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3024 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3025 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3029 \begin_layout Standard
3038 create a new paragraph using the
3042 paragraph environment.
3044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3051 because if you are in one of these environments:
3054 \begin_layout Itemize
3060 \begin_layout Itemize
3066 \begin_layout Itemize
3072 \begin_layout Itemize
3078 \begin_layout Itemize
3084 \begin_layout Itemize
3090 \begin_layout Itemize
3096 \begin_layout Standard
3097 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3101 , rather than resetting it to
3106 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3107 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3108 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3110 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3111 reference "sec:nest"
3116 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3121 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3122 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3130 \begin_layout Subsection
3134 \begin_layout Standard
3135 The default paragraph environment is
3140 It creates a plain paragraph.
3141 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3142 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3143 this manual) are in the
3150 \begin_layout Standard
3151 You can nest a paragraph using the
3155 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3163 \begin_layout Subsection
3165 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3166 name "Document !Title"
3173 \begin_layout Standard
3174 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3183 for thanks or contact information.
3184 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3185 page along with today's date.
3186 For other types of documents, the title
3187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3194 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3198 \begin_layout Standard
3199 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3213 Here's how you use them:
3216 \begin_layout Itemize
3217 Put the title of your document in the
3224 \begin_layout Itemize
3225 Put the author name in the
3232 \begin_layout Itemize
3233 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3234 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3240 Note that using this environment is optional.
3241 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3242 If you don't want any date, add the line
3252 to the preamble of your document (menu
3254 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3260 \begin_layout Standard
3261 You can use footnotes to insert
3262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3269 or contact informations.
3272 \begin_layout Subsection
3274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3275 name "Section headings"
3280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3288 \begin_layout Standard
3289 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3290 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3295 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3296 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3303 \begin_layout Standard
3304 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3308 \begin_layout Enumerate
3314 \begin_layout Enumerate
3320 \begin_layout Enumerate
3326 \begin_layout Enumerate
3332 \begin_layout Enumerate
3338 \begin_layout Enumerate
3344 \begin_layout Enumerate
3350 \begin_layout Standard
3351 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3352 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3353 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3356 \begin_layout Standard
3357 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3358 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3359 You group the book into chapters.
3360 LyX does similar grouping:
3363 \begin_layout Itemize
3368 is divided in either
3377 \begin_layout Itemize
3389 \begin_layout Itemize
3401 \begin_layout Itemize
3413 \begin_layout Itemize
3425 \begin_layout Itemize
3437 \begin_layout Standard
3438 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3441 \begin_layout Standard
3446 Not all document types use the
3450 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3455 is the top-level heading.
3463 \begin_layout Standard
3468 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3469 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3471 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3483 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3485 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3486 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3493 \begin_layout Standard
3494 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3498 \begin_layout Enumerate
3504 \begin_layout Enumerate
3510 \begin_layout Enumerate
3516 \begin_layout Enumerate
3522 \begin_layout Enumerate
3528 \begin_layout Standard
3530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3537 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3538 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3539 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3541 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3549 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3550 Changing the Numbering
3551 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3552 name "sub:numbering-depth"
3559 \begin_layout Standard
3560 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3561 in the Table of Contents.
3562 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3564 Certain classes start with
3578 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3588 This is something you can change.
3591 \begin_layout Standard
3594 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3601 name "Document ! Settings"
3609 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3613 you'll see two counters.
3618 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3620 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3624 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3625 Short Titles of Headings
3626 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3627 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3635 \begin_layout Standard
3642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3643 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3650 \begin_layout Standard
3651 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3652 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3653 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3654 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3657 \begin_layout Standard
3658 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3659 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3660 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3661 To specify a short title, use the menu
3663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3668 This will insert a box labeled
3669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3684 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3685 This also works for captions inside floats.
3688 \begin_layout Standard
3689 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 The following information applies to all section headings:
3700 \begin_layout Itemize
3701 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3704 \begin_layout Itemize
3705 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3708 \begin_layout Itemize
3709 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3712 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3716 \begin_layout Subsection
3717 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3720 \begin_layout Standard
3721 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3735 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3736 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3737 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3738 the text they contain.
3739 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3747 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3750 \begin_layout Standard
3751 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3760 when you start a new paragraph.
3761 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3765 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3766 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3767 to change back to the
3771 environment yourself.
3774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3784 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3790 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3798 \begin_layout Standard
3799 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3800 time for the differences.
3809 are identical except for one difference:
3813 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3822 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3826 Here's an example of the
3839 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3841 See -- no indentation!
3845 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3846 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3847 the other paragraph.
3850 \begin_layout Standard
3851 Here's another example, this time in the
3858 \begin_layout Quotation
3864 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3865 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3866 the first line, then
3870 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3874 you were quoting other text.
3877 \begin_layout Quotation
3878 Here's a new paragraph.
3879 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3880 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3884 As the examples show,
3888 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3889 They should put quotes in the
3894 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3898 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3907 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3908 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3915 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3921 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3929 \begin_layout Standard
3934 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3941 Which I did not rehearse!
3945 It could be much worse.
3946 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3948 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3949 indented a bit more than the first.
3950 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3957 And make things look fine
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3971 does not indent both margins.
3972 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3973 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3984 \begin_layout Subsection
3986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3992 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4011 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4020 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4021 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4022 some general features of all four of them.
4025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4029 \begin_layout Standard
4030 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4032 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4041 reset the environment to
4045 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4046 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4047 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4052 to break paragraphs.
4055 \begin_layout Standard
4056 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4057 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4059 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4060 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4062 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4063 reference "sec:nest"
4071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4077 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4078 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4083 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4091 \begin_layout Standard
4092 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4096 paragraph environment.
4097 It has the following properties:
4100 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4105 \begin_layout Itemize
4106 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4109 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4114 \begin_layout Itemize
4115 The items can have any length.
4116 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4117 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4124 \begin_layout Itemize
4129 environment inside another
4133 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4137 \begin_layout Itemize
4138 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4141 \begin_layout Itemize
4142 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4145 \begin_layout Itemize
4146 See section\InsetSpace ~
4148 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4149 reference "sec:nest"
4153 for a full explanation of nesting.
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4167 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4170 \begin_layout Standard
4171 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4172 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4173 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4176 \begin_layout Itemize
4177 The label for the first level
4181 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 The label for the second level is a dash.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Back out to the third level.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back to the second level.
4210 \begin_layout Itemize
4211 Back to the outermost level.
4214 \begin_layout Standard
4215 These are the default labels for an
4220 You can customize these labels in the
4222 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4225 dialog in the submenu
4232 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4233 name "Document ! Settings"
4240 \begin_layout Standard
4241 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4242 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4243 in section\InsetSpace ~
4245 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4246 reference "sec:nest"
4253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4259 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4260 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4265 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4266 name "sec:enumerate"
4273 \begin_layout Standard
4278 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4279 It has these properties:
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4283 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4293 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4296 \begin_layout Enumerate
4301 environment resets the counter to one.
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4319 Items can have any length.
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4326 \begin_layout Enumerate
4327 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4330 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4335 \begin_layout Standard
4344 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4345 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4352 \begin_layout Enumerate
4353 The first level of an
4357 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4361 \begin_layout Enumerate
4362 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4371 \begin_layout Enumerate
4372 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4375 \begin_layout Enumerate
4376 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Back to the third level
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the second level.
4391 \begin_layout Enumerate
4392 Back to the outermost level.
4395 \begin_layout Standard
4396 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4401 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4406 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4410 \begin_layout Standard
4411 There is more to nesting
4415 environments than we've stated here.
4416 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4418 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4419 reference "sec:nest"
4423 to learn more about nesting.
4426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4432 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4433 name "Lists ! Description"
4438 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4439 name "sec:descrlist"
4446 \begin_layout Standard
4447 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4451 list has no fixed label.
4452 Instead, LyX uses the first
4453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4460 of the first line as the label.
4464 \begin_layout Description
4465 Example: This is an example of the
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4473 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4477 \begin_layout Standard
4479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4486 it is meant that the first hit of the
4490 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4492 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4504 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4505 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4508 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4510 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4511 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
4515 for more info.) Here is an example:
4518 \begin_layout Description
4520 Example: This one shows how to use a
4522 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4532 \begin_layout Description
4533 Usage: You should use the
4537 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4538 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4540 It's not a good idea to use a
4544 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4545 You're better off using
4557 paragraphs into them.
4560 \begin_layout Description
4561 Nesting: You can nest
4565 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4569 \begin_layout Standard
4570 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4571 them from the first line.
4574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4580 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4581 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4586 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4594 \begin_layout Standard
4599 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4603 \begin_layout Standard
4612 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4613 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4616 \begin_layout Labeling
4617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4619 labels LyX uses the first
4620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4627 of each line as the item label.
4632 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4633 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4634 blank as described above.
4637 \begin_layout Labeling
4638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4639 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4640 the body of the item text.
4641 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4642 label width plus a little extra space.
4646 \begin_layout Labeling
4647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4649 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4651 If the label width is larger, the label
4652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4659 into the first line.
4660 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4661 margin of the rest of the item text.
4664 \begin_layout Labeling
4665 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4666 default\InsetSpace ~
4667 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4672 environment have the same left margin.
4674 To change the default width, select
4675 all items in the list.
4678 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4679 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4685 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4688 determines the default label width.
4689 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 multiple times instead.
4699 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4710 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4713 every time you alter a label in a
4719 The predefined default width is the length of
4720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4734 \begin_layout Standard
4739 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4740 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4748 \begin_layout Standard
4753 environment the same way like the
4757 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4763 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4767 \begin_layout Standard
4772 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4774 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4775 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4777 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4778 reference "sec:nest"
4782 to learn about nesting.
4785 \begin_layout Standard
4786 There is yet another feature of the
4790 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4792 You can use additional
4796 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4801 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4803 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4804 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4809 Here are some examples:
4812 \begin_layout Labeling
4813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4814 Left The default for
4821 \begin_layout Labeling
4822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4829 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4832 \begin_layout Labeling
4833 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4842 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4845 \begin_layout Subsection
4847 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4880 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4881 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4882 In contrast, you can use the
4891 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4892 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4896 \begin_layout Standard
4897 Of course, you're not limited to using
4912 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4913 some European academic papers.
4916 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4918 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4919 name "sec:adress_usage"
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4931 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4932 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4938 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4939 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4940 Here's an example of each:
4943 \begin_layout Right Address
4950 When is it? What is today?
4953 \begin_layout Standard
4960 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4961 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4962 Here's an example of the
4969 \begin_layout Address
4972 Where do I send this
4974 Your post office and country
4977 \begin_layout Standard
4978 As you can see, both
4987 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4992 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4998 This makes sense, since
5006 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5007 Thus, you have to use
5017 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5018 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5026 menu) to start a new line in an
5038 \begin_layout Subsection
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5044 or list of references.
5045 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5048 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5052 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5060 \begin_layout Standard
5065 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5066 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5067 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5068 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5072 in anything else or vice versa.
5078 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5079 The book document classes ignores the
5083 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5087 in a letter document class.
5090 \begin_layout Standard
5095 environment does several things for you.
5096 First, it puts the centered label
5097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5105 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5107 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5108 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5109 the subsequent text.
5110 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5111 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5114 \begin_layout Standard
5115 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5119 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5120 The new paragraph will still be in the
5125 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5126 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5129 \begin_layout Standard
5130 \begin_inset Float figure
5135 \begin_layout Standard
5137 \begin_inset Graphics
5138 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5146 \begin_layout Standard
5147 \begin_inset Caption
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5150 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5151 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5172 \begin_layout Standard
5173 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5177 environment, but since this document is in the
5178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5185 class, we can't do this.
5186 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5188 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5189 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5194 If you've never heard of an
5195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5202 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5205 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5211 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5218 name "sub:biblio_environment"
5225 \begin_layout Standard
5230 environment is used to list references.
5231 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5232 only use it at the end of the document.
5237 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5241 When you first open a
5245 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5261 depending on the document class.
5262 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5263 Each paragraph of the
5267 environment is a bibliography entry.
5272 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5273 Each new paragraph is still in the
5280 \begin_layout Standard
5281 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5282 in section\InsetSpace ~
5284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5285 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5292 \begin_layout Subsection
5296 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5297 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5302 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5315 environment is another LyX extension.
5316 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5321 key as a fixed whitespace;
5325 \begin_layout Standard
5336 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5339 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5344 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5345 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5363 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5364 So, when you finish using the
5368 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5369 Also, you can nest the
5373 environment inside of others.
5376 \begin_layout Standard
5377 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5380 \begin_layout Itemize
5385 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5397 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 \begin_layout Itemize
5415 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5422 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 \begin_layout Itemize
5432 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5433 You must put at least one
5437 in any line you want blank.
5438 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5442 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5446 since that will insert
5451 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5459 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5466 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5470 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5474 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5478 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5482 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5483 printf("Hello World!
5488 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5492 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5496 \begin_layout Standard
5497 This is just the standard
5498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5509 \begin_layout Standard
5514 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5515 rc-files, and so on.
5516 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5517 as if you used a typewriter.
5518 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5519 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5526 \begin_layout Section
5527 Nesting Environments
5528 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5529 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5534 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5542 \begin_layout Subsection
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5547 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5549 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5551 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5553 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5589 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5591 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5597 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5605 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5606 will tell you how far you are nested).
5607 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5608 \begin_inset Graphics
5609 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
5614 \begin_inset Graphics
5615 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
5619 or the convenient key bindings
5627 to change the nesting level.
5628 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5629 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5633 \begin_layout Standard
5634 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5635 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5636 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5637 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5640 \begin_layout Standard
5641 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5642 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5644 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5647 \begin_layout Subsection
5648 What You Can and Can't Nest
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5653 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5658 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5659 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5662 \begin_layout Itemize
5663 Completely unnestable
5666 \begin_layout Itemize
5667 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5668 other things inside of them.
5671 \begin_layout Itemize
5672 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5677 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5678 environments have them:
5681 \begin_layout Description
5682 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5683 Can't nest into them.
5687 \begin_layout Itemize
5693 \begin_layout Itemize
5699 \begin_layout Itemize
5707 \begin_layout Itemize
5713 \begin_layout Itemize
5719 \begin_layout Itemize
5727 \begin_layout Itemize
5733 \begin_layout Itemize
5739 \begin_layout Itemize
5745 \begin_layout Itemize
5751 \begin_layout Itemize
5757 \begin_layout Itemize
5763 \begin_layout Itemize
5769 \begin_layout Itemize
5775 \begin_layout Itemize
5781 \begin_layout Itemize
5787 \begin_layout Itemize
5794 \begin_layout Description
5796 Nestable You can nest them.
5797 You can nest other things into them.
5801 \begin_layout Itemize
5807 \begin_layout Itemize
5813 \begin_layout Itemize
5819 \begin_layout Itemize
5825 \begin_layout Itemize
5831 \begin_layout Itemize
5837 \begin_layout Itemize
5843 \begin_layout Itemize
5850 \begin_layout Description
5851 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5852 You can't nest anything into them.
5856 \begin_layout Itemize
5862 \begin_layout Itemize
5869 \begin_layout Itemize
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5881 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5895 \begin_layout Subsection
5896 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5897 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5898 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5903 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5904 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5911 \begin_layout Standard
5912 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5913 affected by nesting anyhow.
5917 \begin_layout Itemize
5921 \begin_layout Itemize
5925 \begin_layout Itemize
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5931 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5934 \begin_layout Standard
5939 If you put a figure or a table in a
5943 , this is no longer true.
5948 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5950 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5951 reference "sec:Floats"
5955 for more informations about
5962 \begin_layout Standard
5963 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5964 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5968 \begin_layout Standard
5969 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5977 of its own, it behaves just like a
5978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5985 paragraph environment.
5986 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5990 \begin_layout Standard
5991 Here's an example with a table:
5994 \begin_layout Enumerate
5999 \begin_layout Enumerate
6000 This is (a) and it's nested.
6004 \begin_layout Standard
6005 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6011 \begin_layout Standard
6013 \begin_inset Tabular
6014 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6018 <row topline="true">
6019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6022 \begin_layout Standard
6037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6040 \begin_layout Standard
6056 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6060 \begin_layout Standard
6075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6078 \begin_layout Standard
6101 \begin_layout Standard
6102 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6109 \begin_layout Enumerate
6111 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6115 \begin_layout Enumerate
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6120 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6128 \begin_layout Enumerate
6129 This is (a) and it's nested.
6133 \begin_layout Standard
6134 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6140 \begin_layout Standard
6142 \begin_inset Tabular
6143 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6147 <row topline="true">
6148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6185 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6189 \begin_layout Standard
6204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6207 \begin_layout Standard
6230 \begin_layout Standard
6231 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6237 \begin_layout Enumerate
6244 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6247 \begin_layout Enumerate
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6256 \begin_layout Standard
6257 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6259 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6262 \begin_layout Enumerate
6267 \begin_layout Enumerate
6268 This is (a) and it's nested.
6271 \begin_layout Standard
6272 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6280 \begin_inset Tabular
6281 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6283 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6285 <row topline="true">
6286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6289 \begin_layout Standard
6304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6323 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6368 \begin_layout Standard
6369 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6375 \begin_layout Enumerate
6377 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6385 \begin_layout Enumerate
6389 \begin_layout Standard
6390 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6396 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6397 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6401 \begin_layout Subsection
6402 Usage and General Features
6403 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6404 name "sub:nest-Usage"
6411 \begin_layout Standard
6412 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6421 is the innermost possible depth.
6422 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6425 \begin_layout Enumerate
6426 level #1 - outermost
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6450 \begin_layout Itemize
6459 \begin_layout Standard
6460 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6461 both of them in the example.
6462 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6472 For example, if we tried to nest another
6477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6487 \begin_layout Subsection
6489 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6490 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6497 \begin_layout Standard
6498 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6499 We have several examples of nested environments.
6500 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6504 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6505 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6508 \begin_layout Labeling
6509 \labelwidthstring MMM
6510 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6519 \begin_layout Labeling
6520 \labelwidthstring MMM
6521 #2-a This is level #2.
6522 We created it by using
6534 \begin_layout Labeling
6535 \labelwidthstring MMM
6536 #3-a This is level #3.
6537 This time, we just hit
6546 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6564 environment, nested inside of
6565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6573 So, it's at level #4.
6574 We did this by hitting
6582 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6587 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6603 \begin_layout Standard
6608 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6615 \begin_layout Labeling
6616 \labelwidthstring MMM
6617 #4-a This is level #4.
6622 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6627 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6631 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6636 keep nesting things inside of
6637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6648 \begin_layout Labeling
6649 \labelwidthstring MMM
6650 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6655 \begin_layout Labeling
6656 \labelwidthstring MMM
6657 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6658 and this is level #6.
6659 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6663 \begin_layout Labeling
6664 \labelwidthstring MMM
6665 #5-b Back to level #5.
6678 \begin_layout Labeling
6679 \labelwidthstring MMM
6688 , we're back at level #4.
6692 \begin_layout Labeling
6693 \labelwidthstring MMM
6694 #3-b Back to level #3.
6695 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6699 \begin_layout Labeling
6700 \labelwidthstring MMM
6701 #2-b Back to level #2.
6706 \begin_layout Labeling
6707 \labelwidthstring MMM
6708 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6709 After this sentence, we'll hit
6713 and change the paragraph environment back to
6720 \begin_layout Standard
6721 We could have also used the
6737 environment in place of the
6742 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6746 Example 2: Inheritance
6749 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6750 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6753 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6763 , after which, we'll change to the
6771 \begin_layout Enumerate
6776 environment, at level #2.
6779 \begin_layout Enumerate
6780 Notice how the nested
6784 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6788 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6792 \begin_layout Standard
6793 We ended this example by hitting
6798 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6802 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6810 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6822 \begin_layout Standard
6823 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6831 \begin_layout Enumerate
6832 This is level #1, in an
6836 paragraph environment.
6837 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6841 \begin_layout Enumerate
6852 Now, what happens if we nest an
6856 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6857 label be? An asterisk?
6861 \begin_layout Itemize
6871 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6872 So, its label is a bullet.
6873 (We got here by using
6881 , then changing the environment to
6889 \begin_layout Itemize
6890 Here's level #4, produced using
6899 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6904 \begin_layout Enumerate
6905 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6907 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6912 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6916 , because we are in the
6940 \begin_layout Enumerate
6945 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6946 type of numbering does LyX use?
6949 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6954 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6957 \begin_layout Enumerate
6962 to decrease the depth after the next
6970 \begin_layout Enumerate
6972 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6976 \begin_layout Enumerate
6978 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6979 numeral as the label.Why?
6982 \begin_layout Enumerate
6983 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6992 Notice, however, that LyX
6996 reset the counter for the label.
7000 \begin_layout Enumerate
7009 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7010 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7011 into the twofold-nested
7019 \begin_layout Enumerate
7020 The same thing happens if we do another
7028 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7031 \begin_layout Standard
7032 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7037 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7051 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7057 The same rule applies for the
7061 environment, as well.
7064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7065 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7068 \begin_layout Enumerate
7069 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7070 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7071 same detail with how we did it.
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7083 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7085 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7086 example in parentheses someplace.
7087 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7088 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7089 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7093 \begin_layout Enumerate
7098 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7103 Now we'll add verse.
7105 It will get much worse.
7109 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7115 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7117 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7129 \begin_layout Standard
7130 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7136 \begin_layout Standard
7138 \begin_inset Tabular
7139 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7147 \begin_layout Standard
7162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7165 \begin_layout Standard
7181 <row topline="true">
7182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7185 \begin_layout Standard
7200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7203 \begin_layout Standard
7230 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7234 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7240 \begin_layout Enumerate
7245 : level #1) This is another item.
7246 Note that selecting a
7250 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7251 3 times to put the table inside the
7259 \begin_layout Quotation
7260 We're now ending the
7264 list and changing to
7269 We're still at level #1.
7270 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7271 The next set of paragraphs is a
7272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7288 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7292 for the letter body.
7297 to preserve the depth.
7298 Remember that you need to use
7302 to create multiple lines inside the
7316 \begin_layout Right Address
7319 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7324 \begin_layout Address
7325 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7329 \begin_layout Quotation
7330 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7331 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7334 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7335 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7336 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7337 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7338 as soon as possible.
7339 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7342 \begin_layout Quotation
7343 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7344 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7345 with your order, along with payment.
7348 \begin_layout Quotation
7349 We thank you again for your patience.
7352 \begin_layout Address
7359 \begin_layout Quotation
7360 That ends that example!
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7365 just a few keystrokes.
7366 We could have easily nested an
7387 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7390 \begin_layout Section
7391 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7394 \begin_layout Subsection
7396 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7397 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7411 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7412 in a uniform fashion.
7413 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7414 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7415 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7416 equally between themselves.
7420 \begin_layout Standard
7425 can be inserted with
7427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7428 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7429 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7433 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7438 This is on the left side
7440 This is on the right
7463 \begin_layout Standard
7464 That was an example in the
7470 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7476 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7479 is one in a standard paragraph.
7480 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7484 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7489 Here's an example with the
7496 \begin_layout Labeling
7497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7509 \begin_layout Standard
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7518 marks the beginning of the item.
7519 (There is actually a
7520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7527 HFill inside of the label of the
7531 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7540 situations, like two-column mode.
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7547 \begin_layout Standard
7552 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7556 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7557 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7558 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7568 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7570 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7584 Other space variants
7585 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7586 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7593 \begin_layout Standard
7594 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7595 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7597 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7603 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7605 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7608 \begin_layout Paragraph
7612 \begin_layout Standard
7613 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7614 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7625 For example the command
7632 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7635 cm space within the following line:
7638 \begin_layout Standard
7640 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7647 \begin_layout Standard
7657 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7661 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7664 cm space between the arrows.
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7670 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7671 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7678 \begin_layout Paragraph
7682 \begin_layout Standard
7683 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7685 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7692 What is correct English?:
7697 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7703 \begin_layout Standard
7719 \begin_layout Standard
7730 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7748 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7755 In our case write the command
7762 (note the space after
7763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7770 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7771 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7772 That is why it is named
7773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 There exists also the commands
7797 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7798 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7799 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7800 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7812 \begin_layout Subsection
7814 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7815 name "sec:vertspace"
7822 \begin_layout Standard
7823 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7825 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7826 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7827 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7831 There you find the following sizes:
7834 \begin_layout Standard
7847 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7852 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7854 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7856 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7857 name "Document ! Settings"
7863 for the paragraph separation.
7864 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7875 \begin_layout Standard
7880 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7881 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7883 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7884 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7893 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7897 \begin_layout Standard
7902 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7904 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7905 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7914 If there are several
7918 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7919 You can therefore use
7923 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7926 \begin_layout Standard
7931 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7933 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7934 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7945 \begin_layout Standard
7952 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7953 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7965 \begin_layout Subsection
7969 \begin_layout Standard
7970 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7972 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7976 There are four possibilities:
7979 \begin_layout Itemize
7985 \begin_layout Itemize
7991 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 \begin_layout Standard
8004 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8005 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8006 the left and right margins.
8007 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8012 This paragraph is right aligned,
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 this one is centered,
8020 \begin_layout Standard
8022 this one is left aligned.
8025 \begin_layout Subsection
8027 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8028 name "sec:pagebreak"
8035 \begin_layout Standard
8036 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8037 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8038 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8039 Only if you use many
8043 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8046 \begin_layout Standard
8047 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8048 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8052 have to change the pagebreaking.
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8056 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8058 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8061 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8066 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8067 that it fills out the complete page.
8068 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8069 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8070 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8081 \begin_layout Standard
8082 More about ERT is in section\InsetSpace ~
8084 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8095 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8096 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8101 normally one uses simply
8113 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8114 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8119 at the top of a page.
8120 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8121 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8122 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8123 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8125 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8126 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8137 \begin_layout Subsection
8141 \begin_layout Standard
8142 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8144 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8146 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8147 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8156 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8157 whole space between the page margins.
8158 This is necessary to avoid
8159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8166 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8167 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8179 The syntax is similar tho the command
8185 , described in the previous section.
8188 \begin_layout Standard
8189 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8190 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8191 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8192 set a linebreak, e.g.
8193 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8195 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8196 reference "sec:quote"
8201 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8202 reference "sec:Verse"
8207 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8208 reference "sec:adress_usage"
8215 \begin_layout Subsection
8217 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8218 name "sub:Protected-blanks"
8225 \begin_layout Standard
8228 protected\InsetSpace ~
8231 is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the line at that point.
8232 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8236 More information is given in section
8239 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8240 reference "sec:quote"
8248 \begin_layout Standard
8249 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between
8250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8266 A protected blank is inserted with
8268 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8269 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8270 Protected\InsetSpace ~
8278 \begin_layout Subsection
8280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8281 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8286 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8287 name "Horizontal lines"
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8300 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8301 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8304 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8310 \begin_layout Section
8311 Fonts and Text Styles
8312 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8313 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8320 \begin_layout Subsection
8322 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8330 \begin_layout Standard
8331 There are two types of fonts:
8334 \begin_layout Description
8337 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8338 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8342 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8343 characters) in the font.
8344 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8345 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8346 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8347 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8348 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8349 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8350 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8351 provide a good image.
8353 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8354 size and scale them.
8355 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8356 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8357 sizes than at small ones.
8375 \begin_layout Description
8378 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8379 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8383 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8384 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8385 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8386 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8387 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8388 picture manipulation program.
8389 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8390 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8391 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8392 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8393 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8395 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8396 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8398 Bitmap fonts are named
8404 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8409 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8410 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8411 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8415 \begin_layout Standard
8416 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8417 its document properties.
8420 \begin_layout Standard
8421 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
8422 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
8423 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
8424 font to emphasize text, you use an
8425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8433 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
8434 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
8438 \begin_layout Subsection
8439 Document Font and Font size
8440 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8441 name "sub:Document-Font"
8446 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8452 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8453 name "Document ! Font"
8460 \begin_layout Standard
8461 You can set the document fonts in the
8463 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8468 name "Document ! Settings"
8473 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 The possible options for the font include
8491 and a list of fonts available on your system.
8496 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
8497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8518 European Computer Modern
8521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8531 \begin_layout Standard
8540 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
8541 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8546 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
8551 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
8557 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
8558 There are three ways to use one:
8561 \begin_layout Itemize
8562 One way is to use the
8572 Virtual means that it
8573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8584 -glyphs from other fonts.
8585 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
8587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607 Loading the LaTeX-package
8610 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8611 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
8617 with the document preamble line
8620 \begin_layout Standard
8625 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8629 will fix the guillemet problem.
8634 and that accented characters are not
8638 glyph, they are build of
8642 characters, the accent and the letter.
8643 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
8647 fonts for words with accented characters.
8648 If you search for example for the French word
8649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8656 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
8658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8665 and not for the glyph
8666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8687 \begin_inset Note Note
8690 \begin_layout Standard
8698 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
8699 to be accented with the grave.
8701 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
8702 in section\InsetSpace ~
8704 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8717 \begin_layout Itemize
8718 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
8722 \begin_layout Standard
8731 , consists of these three main font types
8758 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8759 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
8766 The differences between roman,
8775 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
8777 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8778 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
8789 was originally designed for newspapers.
8790 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
8791 into the small newspaper columns.
8797 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
8800 \begin_layout Itemize
8801 The best solution is to use the
8806 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
8813 \begin_layout Standard
8814 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
8817 For the font size there are four possible values:
8834 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
8837 \begin_layout Standard
8838 The font sizes are the
8843 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
8844 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
8845 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
8851 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
8853 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8854 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
8861 \begin_layout Standard
8862 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
8866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8869 \begin_layout Standard
8874 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
8878 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
8879 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
8880 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
8882 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8885 dialog, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8887 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8888 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
8900 \begin_layout Subsection
8901 Using Different Character Styles
8902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8903 name "Character Styles"
8908 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8909 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
8916 \begin_layout Standard
8917 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
8918 certain paragraph environments.
8919 LyX supports two character styles,
8928 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
8932 \begin_layout Standard
8937 style, do one of the following:
8940 \begin_layout Itemize
8941 click on the toolbar button
8942 \begin_inset Graphics
8943 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
8950 \begin_layout Itemize
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8958 These commands are all toggles.
8963 style is already active, they deactivate it.
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8967 One typically uses the
8971 style for proper names.
8973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8980 is the original author of LyX.
8981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8987 \begin_layout Standard
8988 A more widely used character style is the
8993 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9000 \begin_layout Itemize
9001 clicking on the toolbar button
9002 \begin_inset Graphics
9003 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
9010 \begin_layout Itemize
9011 using the keybindings
9017 \begin_layout Standard
9022 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9023 es use a different font.
9026 \begin_layout Standard
9027 We've been using the
9031 style all over the place in this document.
9032 Here's one more example:
9035 \begin_layout Quotation
9038 Don't overuse character styles!
9041 \begin_layout Standard
9042 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9043 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9044 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9045 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9049 \begin_layout Standard
9050 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9064 \begin_layout Subsection
9065 Fine-Tuning with the
9070 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9071 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9076 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9082 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9083 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9090 \begin_layout Standard
9091 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9092 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9093 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9094 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9095 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9096 from ordinary dialog.
9099 \begin_layout Standard
9100 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9101 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9103 Documents that overuse
9104 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9105 has knocked huge holes in it.
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 To use custom character styles, open the
9111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9116 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9117 font property which you can choose.
9118 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9123 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9128 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9129 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9130 environments in a snap.
9133 \begin_layout Standard
9134 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9146 \begin_layout Labeling
9147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9161 The possible options are:
9165 \begin_layout Labeling
9166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9171 This is the Roman font family.
9172 Normally a serif font.
9173 It's also the default family.
9178 \begin_layout Standard
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9204 \begin_inset Note Note
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9209 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9211 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9212 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9224 \begin_layout Labeling
9225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9233 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9240 \begin_layout Standard
9258 \begin_layout Standard
9268 \begin_layout Labeling
9269 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9276 This is the Typewriter font family.
9283 \begin_layout Standard
9301 \begin_layout Standard
9314 \begin_layout Labeling
9315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9320 This corresponds to the print weight.
9325 \begin_layout Labeling
9326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9331 This is the Medium font series.
9332 It's also the default series.
9335 \begin_layout Labeling
9336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9343 This is the Bold font series.
9350 \begin_layout Standard
9368 \begin_layout Standard
9379 \begin_layout Labeling
9380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9385 As the name implies.
9390 \begin_layout Labeling
9391 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9396 This is the Upright font shape.
9397 It's also the default shape.
9400 \begin_layout Labeling
9401 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9415 s the Italic font shape
9421 \begin_layout Labeling
9422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9429 This is the Slanted font shape
9431 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
9434 \begin_layout Labeling
9435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9443 This is the Small caps font shape
9450 \begin_layout Labeling
9451 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9456 Alters the size of the font.
9457 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
9458 nal to the document font size.
9459 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
9460 what you want to do.
9465 \begin_layout Labeling
9466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9488 \begin_layout Standard
9506 \begin_layout Standard
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9535 \begin_layout Standard
9545 \begin_layout Labeling
9546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9568 \begin_layout Standard
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9596 \begin_layout Labeling
9597 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9619 \begin_layout Standard
9637 \begin_layout Standard
9648 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_layout Standard
9676 \begin_layout Labeling
9677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9699 \begin_layout Standard
9717 \begin_layout Standard
9728 \begin_layout Standard
9746 \begin_layout Standard
9756 \begin_layout Labeling
9757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9771 It's also the default size.
9776 \begin_layout Standard
9794 \begin_layout Standard
9805 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9833 \begin_layout Labeling
9834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9856 \begin_layout Standard
9874 \begin_layout Standard
9885 \begin_layout Standard
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9913 \begin_layout Labeling
9914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9936 \begin_layout Standard
9954 \begin_layout Standard
9965 \begin_layout Standard
9983 \begin_layout Standard
9993 \begin_layout Labeling
9994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10016 \begin_layout Standard
10034 \begin_layout Standard
10044 \begin_layout Labeling
10045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10124 \begin_layout Labeling
10125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10194 \begin_layout Standard
10205 \begin_layout Standard
10210 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10211 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10212 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10213 - use that instead.
10214 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10217 \begin_layout Labeling
10218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10223 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10228 \begin_layout Labeling
10229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10236 This is text with emphasize on
10239 This might seem like the same as
10243 , but it is actually a bit different.
10249 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10251 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10254 \begin_layout Labeling
10255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10262 This is text with Underbar on.
10269 \begin_layout Standard
10287 \begin_layout Standard
10300 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10301 when you couldn't change fonts.
10302 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10303 It's only included in LyX because some people
10307 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10310 \begin_layout Labeling
10311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10318 This is text with Noun on.
10325 , this is a logical attribute.
10326 Normally it's equivalent to
10335 \begin_layout Labeling
10336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10341 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10342 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10348 , which is the default
10349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10356 and means normally black, you can choose between
10391 \begin_layout Labeling
10392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10397 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10398 the language of the document.
10399 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10403 \begin_layout Standard
10404 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10405 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 dialog, the settings are saved.
10412 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10413 \begin_inset Graphics
10414 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
10419 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10420 when the dialog isn't visible.
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10425 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
10431 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
10432 (suppose you just set the shape to
10433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10450 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
10460 \begin_layout Standard
10461 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
10478 \begin_layout Itemize
10484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10491 font, that means every character has the same width, the
10492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10514 \begin_layout Standard
10527 \begin_layout Standard
10539 \begin_inset Note Note
10542 \begin_layout Standard
10543 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
10545 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10546 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
10560 \begin_layout Itemize
10565 fonts use characters with serifs.
10566 These are the small
10567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10574 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
10575 The following example will show the difference:
10581 text without serifs
10585 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
10586 They are therefore used as default font (named
10593 \begin_layout Itemize
10599 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
10600 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
10603 \begin_layout Standard
10604 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
10605 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
10608 \begin_layout Section
10609 Printing and Previewing
10612 \begin_layout Subsection
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
10618 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
10619 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
10620 goes on behind-the-scenes.
10621 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
10623 Extended\InsetSpace ~
10629 \begin_layout Standard
10630 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
10631 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
10632 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
10633 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
10634 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
10635 This happens in two stages:
10638 \begin_layout Enumerate
10639 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
10640 generating a file with the extension,
10641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10655 \begin_layout Enumerate
10656 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
10660 file to produce printable output.
10664 \begin_layout Subsection
10665 Output file formats
10666 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10667 name "File formats"
10672 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10673 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
10680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10682 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10683 name "File formats ! ASCII"
10690 \begin_layout Standard
10691 This file type has the extension
10692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10704 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
10705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10708 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
10709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10715 \begin_layout Standard
10716 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
10718 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10719 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10725 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10727 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10728 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 This file type has the extension
10737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
10750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
10751 it manually with console commands.
10752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
10753 you view or export your document.
10756 \begin_layout Standard
10757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
10759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10765 \begin_layout Standard
10777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10779 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10780 name "File formats ! DVI"
10787 \begin_layout Standard
10788 This file type has the extension
10789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10809 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
10810 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
10811 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
10813 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
10817 \begin_layout Standard
10818 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10826 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
10827 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
10832 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
10833 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
10834 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
10835 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
10838 \begin_layout Standard
10839 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
10841 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10842 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10850 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10851 name "File formats ! PostScript"
10858 \begin_layout Standard
10859 This file type has the extension
10860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10872 PostScript was developed by the company
10876 as printer language.
10877 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
10879 PostScript can be seen as
10880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10883 programming language
10884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10887 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
10891 \begin_layout Standard
10892 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
10898 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10899 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
10908 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
10911 \begin_layout Standard
10912 PostScript can only contain images in the format
10913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10916 Encapsulated PostScript
10917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10920 (EPS, file extension
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10933 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
10934 to convert them in the background to EPS.
10935 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
10936 whenever you view or export your document.
10937 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
10938 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
10939 EPS to avoid this problem.
10942 \begin_layout Standard
10943 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
10945 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10946 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10952 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10954 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10955 name "File formats ! PDF"
10960 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
10968 \begin_layout Standard
10969 This file type has the extension
10970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10986 Portable Document Format
10987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10990 (PDF) is developed by
10994 as derivative from PostScript.
10995 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
10997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11004 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11005 looks exactly the same.
11008 \begin_layout Standard
11009 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11013 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11017 (JPG, file extension
11018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11045 Portable Network Graphics
11046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11049 (PNG, file extension
11050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11062 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11063 in the background to one of these formats.
11064 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11065 will slow down your workflow.
11066 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11069 \begin_layout Standard
11070 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11072 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11075 in three different ways:
11078 \begin_layout Description
11079 PDF This uses the program
11083 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11084 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11088 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11089 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11092 \begin_layout Description
11094 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11098 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11102 \begin_layout Description
11104 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11108 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11111 \begin_layout Standard
11112 We recommend to use
11121 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11127 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11130 \begin_layout Subsection
11132 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11133 name "Document ! Preview "
11140 \begin_layout Standard
11141 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11142 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11146 and choose a file type.
11147 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11150 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11153 you can use the toolbar button
11154 \begin_inset Graphics
11155 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
11165 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11169 you can use the toolbar button
11170 \begin_inset Graphics
11171 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.xpm
11178 \begin_layout Standard
11179 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11180 viewer window using the menu
11182 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11188 \begin_layout Standard
11189 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11191 To have a real output, export your document.
11194 \begin_layout Subsection
11195 Printing the File from within LyX
11196 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11197 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11204 \begin_layout Standard
11205 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11206 it directly from within LyX.
11207 To print a file, select the menu
11209 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11212 or click on the toolbar button
11213 \begin_inset Graphics
11214 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
11219 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11220 This file is then processed by the program
11224 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11229 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11232 \begin_layout Standard
11233 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11234 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11235 printing one set to print on the other side.
11236 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11237 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11238 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11242 You can set the parameters in the
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11256 This is the name of the printer to print to
11260 \begin_layout Standard
11261 Note that this printer name is for the program
11270 has to be configured for this printer name.
11271 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
11273 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11274 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
11284 The printer should understand PostScript.
11287 \begin_layout Labeling
11288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11293 The name of a file to print to.
11294 The output will be a PostScript file.
11295 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11299 \begin_layout Section
11300 A few Words about Typography
11301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11309 \begin_layout Subsection
11311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11317 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11325 \begin_layout Standard
11327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11338 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11353 \begin_layout Enumerate
11359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11373 \begin_layout Enumerate
11379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11388 \begin_layout Standard
11400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11406 \begin_layout Enumerate
11412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11421 \begin_layout Standard
11434 \begin_layout Standard
11446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11452 \begin_layout Enumerate
11456 \begin_inset Formula $-$
11462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11476 \begin_layout Standard
11477 You generate them by inserting the
11478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11489 character multiple times in a row.
11490 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
11491 final output, but not in LyX.
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11495 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
11496 math mode and has a length of its own.
11497 Here are some examples of the
11498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11512 \begin_layout Enumerate
11513 line- and page-breaks
11522 \begin_layout Enumerate
11532 \begin_layout Enumerate
11533 Oh --- there's a dash.
11542 \begin_layout Enumerate
11543 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
11555 \begin_layout Subsection
11557 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11563 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11564 name "sub:Hyphenation"
11571 \begin_layout Standard
11572 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
11573 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
11576 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11577 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
11583 following the rules of the document language
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
11595 German\InsetSpace ~
11601 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11612 \begin_layout Standard
11613 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
11618 and with unusual constructs, like
11619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11627 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
11628 This is done with the menu
11630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11631 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11632 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
11636 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
11637 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
11640 \begin_layout Standard
11641 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
11642 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
11643 a hyphen and a space in the form
11644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11652 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
11653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11660 as hyphenation possibility.
11661 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
11662 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
11663 of the LaTeX-box-command
11669 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
11670 As LyX doesn't support
11676 , we have to use ERT.
11677 The result looks in LyX like:
11680 \begin_layout Standard
11681 \begin_inset Graphics
11682 filename clipart/mbox.png
11689 \begin_layout Standard
11690 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
11692 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11693 reference "sec:ERT"
11700 \begin_layout Subsection
11702 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11703 name "Punctuation marks"
11710 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11711 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
11712 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11720 \begin_layout Standard
11721 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
11722 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
11723 LaTeX then adds the
11724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11727 appropriate amount of space
11728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11732 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
11734 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
11737 \begin_layout Standard
11738 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
11741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11752 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
11753 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
11756 \begin_layout Standard
11757 Here are some examples of
11761 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
11764 \begin_layout Itemize
11769 \begin_layout Itemize
11774 \begin_layout Standard
11775 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
11778 \begin_layout Itemize
11781 this is too much space!
11784 \begin_layout Itemize
11789 \begin_layout Standard
11790 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
11793 \begin_layout Standard
11794 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
11797 \begin_layout Enumerate
11800 Protected\InsetSpace ~
11803 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
11805 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11806 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
11813 \begin_layout Enumerate
11822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11823 Special\InsetSpace ~
11830 ) to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
11833 \begin_layout Standard
11834 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
11837 \begin_layout Itemize
11840 this is too much space!
11843 \begin_layout Itemize
11844 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
11848 \begin_layout Standard
11849 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
11850 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
11851 LaTeX will care about this.
11854 \begin_layout Standard
11855 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
11858 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11862 feature described in
11869 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11871 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11872 name "Typography ! Quotes"
11877 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11878 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
11883 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11891 \begin_layout Standard
11892 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
11893 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
11894 and use a closing quote at the end.
11896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11904 The keyboard character,
11908 , generates this automatically.
11911 \begin_layout Standard
11912 You can change the behavior of the
11916 key using the submenu
11922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11926 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11927 name "Document ! Settings"
11932 Selecting the button
11940 key produce the sequence:
11941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11953 , in contrast, makes the
11958 \begin_inset Quotes els
11964 \begin_layout Standard
11965 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
11970 There are six choices:
11973 \begin_layout Labeling
11974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11986 Use quotes like this
11987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11995 \begin_inset Quotes els
11999 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12005 \begin_layout Labeling
12006 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12009 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12013 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12019 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12023 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12027 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12033 \begin_layout Labeling
12034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12037 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12041 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12047 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12055 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12059 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12065 \begin_layout Labeling
12066 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12069 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12073 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12079 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12083 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12087 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12091 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12097 \begin_layout Labeling
12098 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12101 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12105 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12111 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12115 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12119 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12123 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12129 \begin_layout Labeling
12130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12133 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12137 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12143 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12147 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12151 \begin_inset Quotes als
12155 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12161 \begin_layout Standard
12162 These options affects what character the
12169 \begin_layout Standard
12170 On the other hand, if you want to produce a plain text quote character,
12183 \begin_layout Subsection
12185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12186 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12191 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12192 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12197 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12198 name "sec:ligatures"
12205 \begin_layout Standard
12206 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12207 print them as single characters.
12208 These groups are known as
12213 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12215 Here are the standard ligatures:
12218 \begin_layout Itemize
12222 \begin_layout Itemize
12226 \begin_layout Itemize
12230 \begin_layout Itemize
12234 \begin_layout Itemize
12238 \begin_layout Standard
12239 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12242 \begin_layout Standard
12243 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12244 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12252 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12268 To break a ligature, use
12270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12271 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12272 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12288 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12305 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12313 \begin_layout Subsection
12315 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12316 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12321 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12322 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12329 \begin_layout Standard
12330 You have surely noticed, that the word
12331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12338 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12339 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12340 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12348 \begin_layout Standard
12356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12360 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12364 \begin_layout Description
12365 LyX The name of the game, write
12366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12373 \begin_layout Standard
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12387 \begin_layout Description
12388 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12396 \begin_layout Standard
12404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12410 \begin_layout Description
12411 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12419 \begin_layout Standard
12427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12433 \begin_layout Description
12434 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
12435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12456 \begin_layout Standard
12457 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
12458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12462 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
12471 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
12472 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
12475 : The actual version is
12476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12483 , the previous one was
12484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12494 \begin_layout Standard
12495 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
12496 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
12497 This will look in LyX like:
12498 \begin_inset Graphics
12499 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
12505 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
12507 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12508 reference "sec:ERT"
12515 \begin_layout Subsection
12517 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12518 name "Typography ! Units"
12525 \begin_layout Standard
12526 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
12527 space between two words.
12528 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
12531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12538 for units use the menu
12540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12541 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12552 \begin_layout Standard
12553 Here's an example to show the differences:
12556 \begin_layout Standard
12557 \begin_inset Tabular
12558 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
12560 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12561 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
12563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12566 \begin_layout Standard
12569 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12581 space between number and unit
12588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
12591 \begin_layout Standard
12592 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12594 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
12602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
12605 \begin_layout Standard
12606 half space between number and unit
12619 \begin_layout Subsection
12621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12622 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
12627 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12635 \begin_layout Standard
12636 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
12638 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
12639 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
12640 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
12641 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
12642 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
12643 These dangly-bits of text became known as
12654 \begin_layout Standard
12655 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
12656 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
12657 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
12658 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
12659 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
12660 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
12661 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
12664 \begin_layout Standard
12665 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
12666 or how you can tweak that behavior.
12667 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
12669 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12670 key "latexcompanion"
12676 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
12681 ] may have more information.
12682 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
12685 \begin_layout Chapter
12686 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
12687 \begin_inset OptArg
12690 \begin_layout Standard
12697 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12698 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
12705 \begin_layout Standard
12706 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
12711 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
12714 \begin_layout Section
12716 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12722 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12730 \begin_layout Standard
12731 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
12734 \begin_layout Description
12736 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
12739 \begin_inset Note Note
12742 \begin_layout Standard
12743 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
12751 \begin_layout Description
12752 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
12753 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
12755 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12756 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12757 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
12762 \begin_inset Note Comment
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
12774 \begin_layout Description
12775 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
12776 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
12781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12784 \begin_layout Standard
12789 \begin_layout Standard
12790 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
12791 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
12792 How this can be done is explained in the
12801 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
12810 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
12811 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
12814 \begin_layout Description
12815 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
12817 \begin_inset Note Framed
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
12826 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
12828 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12829 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
12833 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
12837 \begin_layout Description
12838 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
12839 \begin_inset Note Shaded
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
12848 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
12849 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
12852 \begin_layout Standard
12853 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
12854 \begin_inset Graphics
12855 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
12857 scaleBeforeRotation
12863 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12867 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
12870 \begin_layout Section
12872 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12880 \begin_layout Standard
12881 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
12884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12887 or the toolbar button
12888 \begin_inset Graphics
12889 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
12902 \begin_inset Graphics
12903 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
12913 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
12923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12942 label, the box will
12946 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
12947 Clicking on the box label again, will close
12960 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
12976 \begin_layout Standard
12977 Here's an example footnote:
12985 \begin_layout Standard
12986 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
12994 \begin_layout Standard
12995 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
12996 position where the footnote box is placed.
12997 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
12998 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
12999 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13000 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13001 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13006 ey are described in the
13013 \begin_layout Section
13015 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13016 name "Marginal notes"
13023 \begin_layout Standard
13024 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13025 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13028 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13031 or the toolbar button
13032 \begin_inset Graphics
13033 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
13053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13060 appearing within your text.
13061 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13070 \begin_layout Standard
13071 At the side is an example marginal note.
13075 \begin_inset Marginal
13078 \begin_layout Standard
13079 This is a marginal note.
13087 \begin_layout Standard
13088 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13089 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13090 pages, right on odd pages.
13093 \begin_layout Section
13094 Graphics and Images
13095 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13101 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13107 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13108 name "sec:Graphics"
13115 \begin_layout Standard
13116 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13117 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13118 \begin_inset Graphics
13119 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
13125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13129 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13132 \begin_layout Standard
13133 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13138 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13139 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13140 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13142 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13144 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13145 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13152 \begin_layout Standard
13157 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13158 of the image in the output.
13159 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13171 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13174 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13175 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13183 \begin_layout Standard
13184 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13189 You can also set the
13193 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13194 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13196 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13197 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13207 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13208 image size is printed.
13211 \begin_layout Standard
13212 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13213 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13215 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13216 centered paragraph:
13219 \begin_layout Standard
13221 \begin_inset Graphics
13222 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13225 rotateOrigin center
13232 \begin_layout Standard
13233 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13234 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13236 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13237 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13244 \begin_layout Subsection
13246 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13247 name "Image formats"
13252 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13253 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13260 \begin_layout Standard
13261 You can insert images in any known file format.
13262 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13264 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13265 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13269 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13270 LyX uses therefore the program
13274 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13275 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13276 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13279 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13287 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13290 \begin_layout Description
13291 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13292 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13293 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13294 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13298 Graphics Interchange Format
13299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13302 (GIF, file extension
13303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13315 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13316 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13324 Portable Network Graphics
13325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13328 (PNG, file extension
13329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13341 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13342 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13350 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13354 (JPG, file extension
13355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13380 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13387 \begin_layout Description
13388 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13389 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13391 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13392 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13393 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13396 calable image formats can be
13397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13400 Scalable Vector Graphics
13401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13404 (SVG, file extension
13405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13417 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13418 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13426 Encapsulated PostScript
13427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13430 (EPS, file extension
13431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13443 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13444 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
13449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13452 Portable Document Format
13453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13456 (PDF, file extension
13457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13469 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13475 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
13476 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
13477 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
13482 \begin_layout Standard
13483 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
13496 \begin_layout Section
13498 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13504 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13512 \begin_layout Standard
13513 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
13514 \begin_inset Graphics
13515 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
13522 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13526 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
13527 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
13528 from the rest of the table.
13529 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
13530 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
13532 Here's an example table:
13535 \begin_layout Standard
13537 \begin_inset Tabular
13538 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
13540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13544 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13548 \begin_layout Standard
13554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13557 \begin_layout Standard
13572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13575 \begin_layout Standard
13581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13584 \begin_layout Standard
13591 <row topline="true">
13592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13595 \begin_layout Standard
13610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13613 \begin_layout Standard
13619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13622 \begin_layout Standard
13628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13631 \begin_layout Standard
13638 <row topline="true">
13639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13642 \begin_layout Standard
13657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13660 \begin_layout Standard
13666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13669 \begin_layout Standard
13679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13682 \begin_layout Standard
13689 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13693 \begin_layout Standard
13708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13711 \begin_layout Standard
13717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13720 \begin_layout Standard
13726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13729 \begin_layout Standard
13743 \begin_layout Subsection
13747 \begin_layout Standard
13748 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
13749 brings up the table dialog.
13750 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
13751 where the cursor is placed currently.
13752 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
13753 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
13754 done on all of your selection.
13755 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
13759 of the cell, and the cell itself.
13760 If you can see a red border inside a cell, you only selected the cell content.
13763 \begin_layout Standard
13769 you can delete the current row/column and set the horizontal alignment
13770 for the current row.
13771 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
13772 current cell respectively.
13773 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
13775 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
13776 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
13778 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13779 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
13786 \begin_layout Standard
13787 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
13793 This will merge the cells to
13797 cell, spread over more than one column.
13798 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
13799 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
13800 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
13801 in the last row without the upper border:
13804 \begin_layout Standard
13806 \begin_inset Tabular
13807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
13808 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
13809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
13810 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
13811 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
13812 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
13813 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13817 \begin_layout Standard
13823 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13826 \begin_layout Standard
13832 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13844 \begin_layout Standard
13851 <row topline="true">
13852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13873 \begin_layout Standard
13879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13882 \begin_layout Standard
13888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13898 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13902 \begin_layout Standard
13908 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13911 \begin_layout Standard
13917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13920 \begin_layout Standard
13926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13929 \begin_layout Standard
13943 \begin_layout Standard
13944 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
13945 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
13946 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
13947 explained in the tables section of the
13949 Extended\InsetSpace ~
13953 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
13954 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13957 degrees counterclockwise.
13958 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
13961 \begin_layout Standard
13962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13965 \begin_layout Standard
13970 Most DVI-viewers are
13974 able to display rotations.
13982 \begin_layout Standard
13987 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
13992 adds lines for all cell borders.
13995 \begin_layout Subsection
13997 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13998 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14005 \begin_layout Standard
14006 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14016 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14017 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14020 \begin_layout Description
14025 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14026 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14027 except for the first page, if
14035 \begin_layout Description
14041 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14042 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14045 \begin_layout Description
14050 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14051 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14052 except for the last page, if
14060 \begin_layout Description
14066 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14067 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14070 \begin_layout Standard
14071 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14072 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14073 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14074 The others will then be defined as
14079 In this context, first means first in this order:
14081 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14094 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14097 \begin_layout Standard
14099 \begin_inset Tabular
14100 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14101 <features islongtable="true">
14102 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14103 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14104 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14105 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14106 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14109 \begin_layout Standard
14112 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14117 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14120 \begin_layout Standard
14126 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14129 \begin_layout Standard
14136 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14137 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14140 \begin_layout Standard
14148 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14151 \begin_layout Standard
14157 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14160 \begin_layout Standard
14169 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14170 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14181 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14184 \begin_layout Standard
14190 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14193 \begin_layout Standard
14200 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14201 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14204 \begin_layout Standard
14212 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14215 \begin_layout Standard
14221 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14224 \begin_layout Standard
14233 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14234 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14237 \begin_layout Standard
14245 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14248 \begin_layout Standard
14254 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14257 \begin_layout Standard
14264 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14285 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14295 <row bottomline="true">
14296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14299 \begin_layout Standard
14307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14310 \begin_layout Standard
14316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14319 \begin_layout Standard
14326 <row bottomline="true">
14327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14330 \begin_layout Standard
14338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14341 \begin_layout Standard
14347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14350 \begin_layout Standard
14357 <row bottomline="true">
14358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14361 \begin_layout Standard
14369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14381 \begin_layout Standard
14388 <row bottomline="true">
14389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14392 \begin_layout Standard
14400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14403 \begin_layout Standard
14409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14412 \begin_layout Standard
14419 <row bottomline="true">
14420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14423 \begin_layout Standard
14431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14443 \begin_layout Standard
14450 <row bottomline="true">
14451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14454 \begin_layout Standard
14462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14465 \begin_layout Standard
14471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14474 \begin_layout Standard
14481 <row bottomline="true">
14482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14485 \begin_layout Standard
14493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14496 \begin_layout Standard
14502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14505 \begin_layout Standard
14512 <row bottomline="true">
14513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14516 \begin_layout Standard
14524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14527 \begin_layout Standard
14533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14536 \begin_layout Standard
14543 <row bottomline="true">
14544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14547 \begin_layout Standard
14555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14558 \begin_layout Standard
14564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14567 \begin_layout Standard
14574 <row bottomline="true">
14575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14578 \begin_layout Standard
14586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14589 \begin_layout Standard
14595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14598 \begin_layout Standard
14605 <row bottomline="true">
14606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14609 \begin_layout Standard
14617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14620 \begin_layout Standard
14626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14629 \begin_layout Standard
14636 <row bottomline="true">
14637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14640 \begin_layout Standard
14648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14651 \begin_layout Standard
14657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14660 \begin_layout Standard
14667 <row bottomline="true">
14668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14671 \begin_layout Standard
14679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14682 \begin_layout Standard
14688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14691 \begin_layout Standard
14698 <row bottomline="true">
14699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14702 \begin_layout Standard
14710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14713 \begin_layout Standard
14719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14722 \begin_layout Standard
14729 <row bottomline="true">
14730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14733 \begin_layout Standard
14741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14753 \begin_layout Standard
14760 <row bottomline="true">
14761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14764 \begin_layout Standard
14772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14775 \begin_layout Standard
14781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14791 <row bottomline="true">
14792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14795 \begin_layout Standard
14803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14806 \begin_layout Standard
14812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14815 \begin_layout Standard
14822 <row bottomline="true">
14823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14837 \begin_layout Standard
14843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14846 \begin_layout Standard
14853 <row bottomline="true">
14854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14857 \begin_layout Standard
14865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14868 \begin_layout Standard
14874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14877 \begin_layout Standard
14884 <row bottomline="true">
14885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14888 \begin_layout Standard
14896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14899 \begin_layout Standard
14905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14908 \begin_layout Standard
14915 <row bottomline="true">
14916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14919 \begin_layout Standard
14927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14939 \begin_layout Standard
14946 <row bottomline="true">
14947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14970 \begin_layout Standard
14977 <row bottomline="true">
14978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14981 \begin_layout Standard
14989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14992 \begin_layout Standard
14998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15001 \begin_layout Standard
15008 <row bottomline="true">
15009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15012 \begin_layout Standard
15020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15023 \begin_layout Standard
15029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15032 \begin_layout Standard
15039 <row bottomline="true">
15040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15054 \begin_layout Standard
15060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15063 \begin_layout Standard
15070 <row bottomline="true">
15071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15074 \begin_layout Standard
15082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15085 \begin_layout Standard
15091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15094 \begin_layout Standard
15101 <row bottomline="true">
15102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15105 \begin_layout Standard
15113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15116 \begin_layout Standard
15122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15132 <row bottomline="true">
15133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15147 \begin_layout Standard
15153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15156 \begin_layout Standard
15163 <row bottomline="true">
15164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15167 \begin_layout Standard
15175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15178 \begin_layout Standard
15184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15187 \begin_layout Standard
15194 <row bottomline="true">
15195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15198 \begin_layout Standard
15206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15209 \begin_layout Standard
15215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15218 \begin_layout Standard
15225 <row bottomline="true">
15226 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15229 \begin_layout Standard
15235 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15238 \begin_layout Standard
15244 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15247 \begin_layout Standard
15254 <row bottomline="true">
15255 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15258 \begin_layout Standard
15266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15269 \begin_layout Standard
15275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15285 <row bottomline="true">
15286 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15289 \begin_layout Standard
15297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15300 \begin_layout Standard
15306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15309 \begin_layout Standard
15316 <row bottomline="true">
15317 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15331 \begin_layout Standard
15337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15340 \begin_layout Standard
15347 <row bottomline="true">
15348 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15351 \begin_layout Standard
15359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15362 \begin_layout Standard
15368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15371 \begin_layout Standard
15378 <row bottomline="true">
15379 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15382 \begin_layout Standard
15390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15393 \begin_layout Standard
15399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15402 \begin_layout Standard
15409 <row bottomline="true">
15410 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15413 \begin_layout Standard
15421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15424 \begin_layout Standard
15430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15433 \begin_layout Standard
15440 <row bottomline="true">
15441 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15444 \begin_layout Standard
15452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15455 \begin_layout Standard
15461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15464 \begin_layout Standard
15471 <row bottomline="true">
15472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15475 \begin_layout Standard
15483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15486 \begin_layout Standard
15492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15495 \begin_layout Standard
15502 <row bottomline="true">
15503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15506 \begin_layout Standard
15514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15517 \begin_layout Standard
15523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15526 \begin_layout Standard
15533 <row bottomline="true">
15534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15537 \begin_layout Standard
15545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15548 \begin_layout Standard
15554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15557 \begin_layout Standard
15564 <row bottomline="true">
15565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15568 \begin_layout Standard
15576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15579 \begin_layout Standard
15585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15588 \begin_layout Standard
15595 <row bottomline="true">
15596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15599 \begin_layout Standard
15607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15610 \begin_layout Standard
15616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15619 \begin_layout Standard
15626 <row bottomline="true">
15627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15630 \begin_layout Standard
15638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15641 \begin_layout Standard
15647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15650 \begin_layout Standard
15657 <row bottomline="true">
15658 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15661 \begin_layout Standard
15669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15672 \begin_layout Standard
15678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15681 \begin_layout Standard
15688 <row bottomline="true">
15689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15692 \begin_layout Standard
15700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15703 \begin_layout Standard
15709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15712 \begin_layout Standard
15719 <row bottomline="true">
15720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15723 \begin_layout Standard
15731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15734 \begin_layout Standard
15740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15743 \begin_layout Standard
15750 <row bottomline="true">
15751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15754 \begin_layout Standard
15762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15765 \begin_layout Standard
15771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15774 \begin_layout Standard
15781 <row bottomline="true">
15782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15785 \begin_layout Standard
15793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15796 \begin_layout Standard
15802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15805 \begin_layout Standard
15812 <row bottomline="true">
15813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15816 \begin_layout Standard
15824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15827 \begin_layout Standard
15833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15836 \begin_layout Standard
15843 <row bottomline="true">
15844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15847 \begin_layout Standard
15855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15858 \begin_layout Standard
15864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15867 \begin_layout Standard
15874 <row bottomline="true">
15875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15878 \begin_layout Standard
15886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15889 \begin_layout Standard
15895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15898 \begin_layout Standard
15905 <row bottomline="true">
15906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15909 \begin_layout Standard
15917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15920 \begin_layout Standard
15926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15929 \begin_layout Standard
15936 <row bottomline="true">
15937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15940 \begin_layout Standard
15948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15951 \begin_layout Standard
15957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15967 <row bottomline="true">
15968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15971 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15982 \begin_layout Standard
15988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15991 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <row bottomline="true">
15999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16013 \begin_layout Standard
16019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16022 \begin_layout Standard
16029 <row bottomline="true">
16030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16033 \begin_layout Standard
16041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16044 \begin_layout Standard
16050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16053 \begin_layout Standard
16060 <row bottomline="true">
16061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16064 \begin_layout Standard
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Standard
16081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16084 \begin_layout Standard
16091 <row bottomline="true">
16092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Standard
16103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16106 \begin_layout Standard
16112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16115 \begin_layout Standard
16122 <row bottomline="true">
16123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16126 \begin_layout Standard
16134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16137 \begin_layout Standard
16143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16146 \begin_layout Standard
16153 <row bottomline="true">
16154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16157 \begin_layout Standard
16165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16168 \begin_layout Standard
16174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16177 \begin_layout Standard
16184 <row bottomline="true">
16185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16188 \begin_layout Standard
16196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16199 \begin_layout Standard
16205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16208 \begin_layout Standard
16215 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16216 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16219 \begin_layout Standard
16227 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Standard
16236 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16239 \begin_layout Standard
16253 \begin_layout Subsection
16255 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16256 name "Tables ! Cells"
16261 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16262 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16270 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16271 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16272 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16273 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16277 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16278 for the cell's paragraph.
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16283 for the column in the table dialog.
16284 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16285 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16289 \begin_layout Standard
16291 \begin_inset Tabular
16292 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16295 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16297 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16316 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Standard
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Standard
16372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16385 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16393 \begin_layout Standard
16409 <row bottomline="true">
16410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16413 \begin_layout Standard
16428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Standard
16441 This is longer now.
16446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16449 \begin_layout Standard
16465 <row bottomline="true">
16466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16469 \begin_layout Standard
16484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16487 \begin_layout Standard
16497 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16498 This is longer now.
16503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout Standard
16529 \begin_layout Standard
16530 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
16531 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16532 Selection with the mouse or with
16536 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16537 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
16538 the selection from outside the table.
16541 \begin_layout Section
16543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16549 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16557 \begin_layout Standard
16558 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
16559 have a fixed location.
16561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16568 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
16575 Margin\InsetSpace ~
16578 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
16579 too much notes at the page.
16582 \begin_layout Standard
16583 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
16584 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
16585 and pages without text.
16586 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
16587 , every float can be referenced in the text.
16588 Floats are therefore numbered.
16589 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
16591 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16592 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16599 \begin_layout Standard
16600 To insert a float, use the menu
16602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16606 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
16609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16612 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16617 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
16618 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
16620 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
16621 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
16622 paragraph within the float.
16623 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
16624 by left-clicking on the box label.
16625 A closed float box looks like this:
16626 \begin_inset Graphics
16627 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
16632 -- a gray button with a red label.
16635 \begin_layout Standard
16636 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
16637 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
16640 \begin_layout Subsection
16644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16646 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16647 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
16652 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16653 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
16660 \begin_layout Standard
16663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16664 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16667 inserts a float with the label
16668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16673 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16681 Set the cursor behind this label, press enter and insert the image as described
16682 above to get the caption printed below the image.
16683 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
16685 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16686 reference "cap:kill-plat"
16691 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
16692 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
16693 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
16695 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16696 reference "cap:escher"
16703 \begin_layout Standard
16704 \begin_inset Float figure
16709 \begin_layout Standard
16711 \begin_inset Graphics
16712 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16715 rotateOrigin center
16722 \begin_layout Standard
16723 \begin_inset Caption
16725 \begin_layout Standard
16726 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16727 name "cap:kill-plat"
16731 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
16744 \begin_layout Standard
16745 \begin_inset Float figure
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16751 \begin_inset Caption
16753 \begin_layout Standard
16754 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16768 \begin_layout Standard
16770 \begin_inset Graphics
16771 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
16774 rotateOrigin center
16786 \begin_layout Standard
16787 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
16789 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
16791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16792 reference "sec:Cross-References"
16796 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
16798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16801 and refer to it using the menu
16803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16807 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
16809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16816 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
16818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16828 \begin_layout Standard
16829 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
16830 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
16831 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
16837 in the appearing dialog, use the option
16841 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
16842 Figure\InsetSpace ~
16844 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16845 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
16849 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
16850 You can also set the images one below the other.
16853 \begin_layout Standard
16854 \begin_inset Float figure
16859 \begin_layout Standard
16863 \begin_inset Graphics
16864 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
16867 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
16874 \begin_inset Graphics
16875 filename clipart/platypus.eps
16879 subcaptionText "Platypus"
16888 \begin_layout Standard
16889 \begin_inset Caption
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16892 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16893 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
16897 Two distorted images.
16910 \begin_layout Standard
16911 Note that the caption is added to the
16917 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
16919 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16920 reference "sec:ListsOf"
16927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16929 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16930 name "Floats ! Table floats"
16935 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16936 name "sec:Table-Floats"
16943 \begin_layout Standard
16944 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
16946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16947 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16951 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
16955 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
16956 reference "cap:a table float"
16960 is an example of a table float.
16963 \begin_layout Standard
16964 \begin_inset Float table
16969 \begin_layout Standard
16970 \begin_inset Caption
16972 \begin_layout Standard
16973 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16974 name "cap:a table float"
16986 \begin_layout Standard
16988 \begin_inset Tabular
16989 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16994 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Standard
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Standard
17031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17034 \begin_layout Standard
17050 <row topline="true">
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Standard
17069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17072 \begin_layout Standard
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Standard
17106 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17110 \begin_layout Standard
17120 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Standard
17141 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17143 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Standard
17164 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17187 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17188 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17195 \begin_layout Standard
17196 This float type is inserted with the menu
17198 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17199 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17203 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17204 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17208 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17210 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17211 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17218 \begin_layout Standard
17219 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17222 \begin_layout Standard
17227 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17233 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17236 \begin_layout Standard
17241 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17245 \begin_layout Standard
17246 to the document preamble (menu
17248 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17272 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17274 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17275 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17280 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17281 name "sec:floatflt"
17288 \begin_layout Standard
17289 This float type is used if you want to
17290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17297 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17299 It can be inserted using the menu
17300 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17305 \begin_layout Standard
17306 \begin_inset Graphics
17307 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17310 rotateOrigin center
17317 \begin_layout Standard
17318 \begin_inset Caption
17320 \begin_layout Standard
17321 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17322 name "cap:This-is-a"
17326 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17328 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17344 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17349 if the LaTeX-package
17354 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17355 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17363 \begin_layout Standard
17364 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17374 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17376 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17378 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17379 reference "cap:This-is-a"
17383 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17384 wrap float with a width of 40
17385 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17392 \begin_layout Standard
17393 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17395 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17396 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17405 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17409 \begin_layout Standard
17414 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
17415 If you need this, read the documentation of
17420 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17428 \begin_layout Standard
17429 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17432 \begin_layout Standard
17438 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
17439 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
17440 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
17441 over some other text.
17445 \begin_layout Standard
17446 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
17451 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17452 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
17460 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
17473 \begin_layout Itemize
17474 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
17475 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
17476 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
17477 breaks will appear.
17480 \begin_layout Itemize
17481 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
17482 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
17485 \begin_layout Itemize
17486 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
17487 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
17490 \begin_layout Itemize
17491 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
17494 \begin_layout Subsection
17496 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17497 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17502 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17503 name "Floats ! Rotating"
17510 \begin_layout Standard
17511 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
17512 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
17515 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17521 \begin_layout Standard
17522 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
17523 a two-column document).
17524 They are normally rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin
17525 (They are rotated to the left in a two-sided document when they are on
17526 a page with an even number).
17527 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
17534 \begin_layout Standard
17535 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
17536 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
17538 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17539 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
17543 is an example of a rotated table float.
17546 \begin_layout Standard
17547 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17550 \begin_layout Standard
17555 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
17563 \begin_layout Standard
17564 \begin_inset Float table
17569 \begin_layout Standard
17570 \begin_inset Caption
17572 \begin_layout Standard
17573 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17574 name "cap:Rotated-table"
17586 \begin_layout Standard
17588 \begin_inset Tabular
17589 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
17591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17592 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
17595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
17596 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Standard
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Standard
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Standard
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Standard
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Standard
17655 \begin_layout Subsection
17657 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17658 name "sub:Float-Placement"
17663 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17664 name "Floats ! Placement"
17671 \begin_layout Standard
17672 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
17673 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
17680 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
17681 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
17686 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
17689 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
17691 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17692 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
17699 \begin_layout Standard
17700 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
17701 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
17704 default\InsetSpace ~
17710 \begin_layout Description
17713 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
17716 \begin_layout Description
17719 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
17722 \begin_layout Description
17723 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17725 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
17728 \begin_layout Description
17731 floats: try to place the float on an own page
17734 \begin_layout Standard
17735 The order of the above option is
17740 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
17753 , and then the others.
17754 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
17756 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
17757 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
17760 \begin_layout Standard
17761 By default, each options has its own rules:
17764 \begin_layout Standard
17771 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17772 % of the page can be placed at the top
17776 \begin_layout Standard
17779 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
17783 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17784 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
17788 \begin_layout Standard
17795 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17796 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
17797 can be set together on a page.
17800 \begin_layout Standard
17801 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
17804 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
17811 \begin_layout Standard
17812 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
17813 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
17814 For this case you can use the option
17820 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
17822 Because the float is then no longer able to
17823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17830 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
17833 \begin_layout Standard
17834 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
17835 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
17838 \begin_layout Standard
17839 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
17841 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
17842 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
17849 \begin_layout Section
17851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17859 \begin_layout Standard
17860 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
17862 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
17867 \begin_layout Standard
17868 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
17870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17874 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
17875 and its alignment within the page.
17878 \begin_layout Standard
17880 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17889 height_special "totalheight"
17892 \begin_layout Standard
17895 This is a minipage.
17896 The text is set in an italic style.
17899 \begin_layout Standard
17902 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
17903 another formatting.
17911 \begin_layout Standard
17912 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17915 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
17919 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17921 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17922 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
17927 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17933 \begin_layout Standard
17934 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17943 height_special "totalheight"
17946 \begin_layout Standard
17947 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
17948 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
17956 \begin_inset Box Frameless
17965 height_special "totalheight"
17968 \begin_layout Standard
17969 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
17970 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
17978 \begin_layout Chapter
17979 Mathematical Formulas
17980 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17986 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17987 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
17992 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17993 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18000 \begin_layout Section
18002 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18003 name "Math ! Basics"
18010 \begin_layout Standard
18011 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18012 \begin_inset Graphics
18013 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
18018 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18020 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18021 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18022 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18030 \begin_layout Standard
18031 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18036 , that appears when you right-click on a formula (also available with the
18039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18040 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18046 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18050 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18051 somewhere on the screen.
18052 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18053 will insert a formula for you.
18056 \begin_layout Standard
18057 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18058 line, like this one:
18061 \begin_layout Standard
18062 This is a line with an inline formula
18063 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18069 \begin_layout Standard
18070 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18072 \begin_inset Formula \[
18077 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18080 \begin_layout Standard
18081 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18097 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18098 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18102 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18110 \begin_layout Subsection
18111 Navigating in Formulas
18112 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18113 name "Math ! Navigating"
18120 \begin_layout Standard
18121 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18122 achieved with the arrow keys.
18123 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18124 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18129 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18130 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18134 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18138 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18140 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18148 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18153 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18154 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18157 \begin_layout Standard
18162 , printed in this document as
18163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18170 \begin_layout Standard
18180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18184 \begin_inset Note Note
18187 \begin_layout Standard
18188 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18189 space character (visible space).
18194 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18195 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18196 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18201 For example, if you want
18202 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18213 \begin_layout Standard
18232 \begin_layout Standard
18245 \begin_layout Standard
18256 , since in the latter case only the
18259 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18264 will be under the square root sign:
18265 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18271 \begin_layout Standard
18272 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18274 \begin_inset Formula \[
18275 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18278 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18282 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18283 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18286 \begin_layout Subsection
18290 \begin_layout Standard
18291 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18292 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18296 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18297 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18298 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18299 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18300 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18303 \begin_layout Subsection
18305 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18306 name "Math ! Math Panel"
18311 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18312 name "sec:math-panel"
18319 \begin_layout Standard
18325 dialog is accessible by right-clicking on a formula or via the menu
18327 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18331 It has an extensive list of symbols and structures.
18332 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18333 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18334 details in the following sections.
18337 \begin_layout Subsection
18338 Exponents and Subscripts
18339 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18340 name "Math ! Exponents"
18345 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18346 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18353 \begin_layout Standard
18354 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18355 way is to use a command.
18357 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18360 , type in a formula
18366 \begin_layout Standard
18382 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18388 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18392 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18401 \begin_layout Standard
18413 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18422 , you have to use an extra
18426 to separate the hat and the character.
18429 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
18438 \begin_layout Standard
18450 Subscripts are similar: To get
18451 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18460 \begin_layout Standard
18474 \begin_layout Subsection
18476 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18477 name "Math ! Fractions"
18484 \begin_layout Standard
18485 Create a fraction with either the command
18492 \begin_inset Graphics
18493 filename ../images/math/frac.xpm
18504 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
18505 The cursor is above the fraction line.
18506 To move it to the bottom, simply press
18511 To move back up, press
18516 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18517 \begin_inset Formula \[
18518 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18520 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18527 \begin_layout Subsection
18529 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18530 name "Math ! Roots"
18537 \begin_layout Standard
18538 Roots can be created using the
18544 \begin_inset Graphics
18545 filename ../images/math/sqrt.xpm
18568 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
18574 produces always a square root.
18577 \begin_layout Subsection
18578 Operators with Limits
18579 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18585 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18586 name "Math ! Integrals"
18591 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18592 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18599 \begin_layout Standard
18601 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18605 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18608 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
18609 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18610 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18611 The sum operator will automatically place its
18612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18619 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
18622 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18626 \begin_inset Formula \[
18627 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
18631 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
18635 \begin_layout Standard
18636 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
18638 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
18639 behind the operator and hitting
18645 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18646 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18647 Change\InsetSpace ~
18648 Limits\InsetSpace ~
18654 \begin_layout Standard
18655 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18663 feature as addition, such as
18664 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18665 name "Math ! Limits"
18670 \begin_inset Formula \[
18671 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18675 which will place the
18676 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18688 In inline formulas it looks like this:
18689 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18695 \begin_layout Standard
18696 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
18703 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
18705 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18706 reference "sec:math-functions"
18710 for an explanation of function macros.
18713 \begin_layout Subsection
18715 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18716 name "Math ! Symbols"
18723 \begin_layout Standard
18724 Most math symbols can be found in the
18729 under one of several categories; including
18746 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18750 \begin_layout Standard
18751 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
18752 you don't have to use the
18757 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
18758 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
18761 \begin_layout Subsection
18763 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18764 name "Math ! Spaces"
18771 \begin_layout Standard
18772 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
18784 \begin_inset Graphics
18785 filename ../images/math/space.xpm
18790 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
18791 Here a example for the sequence
18796 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18800 \begin_inset Graphics
18801 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
18806 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
18807 the space marker and hit space again several times.
18808 With every space hit the size will be changed.
18809 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
18814 \begin_layout Standard
18824 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18830 \begin_layout Standard
18840 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18846 \begin_layout Subsection
18848 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18849 name "Math ! Functions"
18854 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18855 name "sec:math-functions"
18862 \begin_layout Standard
18868 contains a number of functions, such as
18869 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18873 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18881 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
18888 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
18889 avoid confusions, because
18890 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18894 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
18900 \begin_layout Standard
18901 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
18903 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
18907 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
18913 \begin_layout Standard
18914 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
18915 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
18917 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18918 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
18925 \begin_layout Subsection
18927 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18928 name "Math ! Accents"
18935 \begin_layout Standard
18936 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18938 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18939 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
18941 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18944 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
18945 Our example is entered by typing
18953 \begin_layout Standard
18967 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18968 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
18972 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
18975 \begin_layout Standard
18976 \begin_inset Float table
18981 \begin_layout Standard
18982 \begin_inset Caption
18984 \begin_layout Standard
18985 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18986 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
18990 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
18998 \begin_layout Standard
19000 \begin_inset Tabular
19001 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19006 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19010 \begin_layout Standard
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Standard
19025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19028 \begin_layout Standard
19044 <row topline="true">
19045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19048 \begin_layout Standard
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Standard
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Standard
19089 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19098 <row topline="true">
19099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Standard
19117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19120 \begin_layout Standard
19130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19133 \begin_layout Standard
19143 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19152 <row topline="true">
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Standard
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Standard
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Standard
19197 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19206 <row topline="true">
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Standard
19225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19228 \begin_layout Standard
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Standard
19251 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19260 <row topline="true">
19261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19264 \begin_layout Standard
19279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19282 \begin_layout Standard
19292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19295 \begin_layout Standard
19305 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19314 <row topline="true">
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Standard
19333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19336 \begin_layout Standard
19346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19349 \begin_layout Standard
19359 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19368 <row topline="true">
19369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Standard
19387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19390 \begin_layout Standard
19400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Standard
19413 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19422 <row topline="true">
19423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19426 \begin_layout Standard
19441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19444 \begin_layout Standard
19454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19457 \begin_layout Standard
19467 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19476 <row topline="true">
19477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19480 \begin_layout Standard
19495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19498 \begin_layout Standard
19508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19511 \begin_layout Standard
19521 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19530 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19534 \begin_layout Standard
19540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19543 \begin_layout Standard
19553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19556 \begin_layout Standard
19566 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19588 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
19593 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19594 made within a formula too.
19597 \begin_layout Section
19598 Brackets and Delimiters
19599 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19600 name "Math ! Brackets"
19605 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19606 name "Math ! Delimiters"
19611 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19612 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19619 \begin_layout Standard
19620 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19621 For most purposes, using just the keys
19626 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
19627 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
19633 \begin_inset Graphics
19634 filename ../images/math/delim.xpm
19639 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19641 \begin_inset Formula \[
19642 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19644 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
19648 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
19649 \begin_inset Formula \[
19650 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19657 \begin_layout Standard
19658 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
19659 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
19662 \begin_layout Standard
19663 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
19664 left side and right side.
19665 If you use the option
19670 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
19671 The selection will be shown below the button field.
19672 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19673 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
19676 \begin_layout Standard
19677 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
19678 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
19679 inside the brackets.
19680 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
19685 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19688 \begin_layout Standard
19689 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
19690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19700 \begin_layout Section
19702 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19703 name "Math ! Grouping"
19708 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19709 name "sec:Grouping"
19716 \begin_layout Standard
19717 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19718 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19729 \begin_layout Standard
19730 \begin_inset Formula \[
19731 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
19738 \begin_layout Standard
19739 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19754 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19755 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
19756 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
19759 \begin_layout Section
19760 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19761 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19762 name "Math ! Arrays"
19767 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19768 name "Math ! Matrices"
19773 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19774 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
19781 \begin_layout Standard
19782 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
19788 \begin_inset Graphics
19789 filename ../images/math/matrix.xpm
19794 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
19795 Here is an example:
19796 \begin_inset Formula \[
19797 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19800 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
19804 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
19806 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19807 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
19812 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
19813 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19814 This alignment is set in the box
19819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19867 for every column as default.
19868 For example, the sequence
19869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19880 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19881 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
19882 corresponds to the relevant column.
19883 The result will look like this:
19884 \begin_inset Formula \[
19886 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19887 column & has & has\, right\\
19888 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19895 \begin_layout Standard
19896 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19900 while the cursor is in the matrix.
19901 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
19903 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19909 \begin_layout Standard
19910 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
19911 It can be created with the menu
19913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19914 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19926 \begin_inset Formula \[
19930 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
19937 \begin_layout Standard
19938 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
19941 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
19949 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
19958 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
19959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19966 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
19967 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
19968 A new row is created by every further hit of
19976 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
19977 Here is an example:
19978 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
19979 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
19980 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
19984 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
19985 where you want to start the shift and hit
19990 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
19991 position to the next column.
19992 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
19993 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
19994 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
19995 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20002 \begin_layout Standard
20003 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20010 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20011 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20012 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20013 reference "eq:asquared"
20018 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20020 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20021 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20028 \begin_layout Section
20029 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20030 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20031 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20036 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20037 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20042 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20043 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20050 \begin_layout Standard
20051 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20054 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20055 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20064 The formula number appears in LyX as
20065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20072 within parentheses.
20074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20081 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20083 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20084 the document class.
20085 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20086 separated by a dot:
20087 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20088 1+1=2\end{equation}
20097 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20098 You can only number displayed formulas.
20101 \begin_layout Standard
20102 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20104 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20105 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20106 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20107 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20116 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20117 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20119 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20120 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20124 To number all lines use the shortcut
20132 \begin_layout Standard
20133 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20136 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20137 A label is inserted with the menu
20139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20142 when the cursor is in the formula.
20143 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20144 It is recommended to use the proposed
20145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20156 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20157 type when you have many labels in your document.
20158 We inserted in the following example the label
20159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20166 in the second line:
20167 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20168 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20169 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20173 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20174 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20184 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20191 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20192 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20193 as the formula number:
20196 \begin_layout Standard
20197 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20199 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20206 \begin_layout Standard
20207 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20209 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20210 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20215 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20221 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20225 \begin_layout Standard
20226 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20234 \begin_layout Section
20235 User defined math macros
20236 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20237 name "Math ! Macros"
20244 \begin_layout Standard
20245 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20246 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20247 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20250 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20251 \begin_inset Formula \[
20252 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20256 The general form of its solution is:
20257 \begin_inset Formula \[
20258 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20265 \begin_layout Standard
20266 The macro should print the parameters
20267 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20271 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20275 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20278 like in the equation above.
20281 \begin_layout Standard
20282 A macro is created by executing the command
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20292 \begin_layout Standard
20305 \begin_layout Standard
20314 Number\InsetSpace ~
20319 \begin_layout Standard
20320 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20321 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20322 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20323 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20327 \begin_layout Standard
20328 We have three arguments and name the macro
20329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20336 , so that the command is:
20339 \begin_layout Standard
20346 \begin_layout Standard
20359 \begin_layout Standard
20371 \begin_layout Standard
20372 This results in the following macro definition box:
20373 \begin_inset Graphics
20374 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20379 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20380 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20381 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20385 \begin_inset Note Note
20388 \begin_layout Standard
20389 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20390 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20398 \begin_layout Standard
20399 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20400 the math panel or commands.
20401 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20402 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20413 for the first argument.
20414 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20415 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
20416 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
20417 in LyX with its full size.
20418 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
20419 In our example we insert the sequence
20449 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
20452 \begin_layout Standard
20453 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
20454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20468 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
20471 \begin_layout Standard
20473 \begin_inset Graphics
20474 filename clipart/macrouse.png
20481 \begin_layout Standard
20482 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
20483 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
20484 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
20485 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
20486 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
20489 \begin_layout Standard
20490 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
20491 to the new definition.
20492 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
20493 \begin_inset Formula $x$
20497 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
20501 \begin_inset Formula $B$
20505 \begin_inset Formula \[
20506 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
20513 \begin_layout Standard
20514 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
20518 \begin_layout Standard
20537 \begin_layout Standard
20552 \begin_layout Standard
20563 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20566 \begin_layout Standard
20567 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
20568 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
20569 definition box in your document.
20570 There are also some other restrictions: The command
20572 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
20574 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
20579 \begin_layout Section
20583 \begin_layout Subsection
20585 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20586 name "Math ! Typefaces"
20593 \begin_layout Standard
20594 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
20595 To set a font in a formula, use the
20601 \begin_inset Graphics
20602 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
20606 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
20608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20609 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20617 \begin_inset Float table
20622 \begin_layout Standard
20623 \begin_inset Caption
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20627 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
20631 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
20639 \begin_layout Standard
20641 \begin_inset Tabular
20642 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20644 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20645 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20646 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20650 \begin_layout Standard
20656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20659 \begin_layout Standard
20666 <row topline="true">
20667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20670 \begin_layout Standard
20677 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20699 <row topline="true">
20700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20703 \begin_layout Standard
20704 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20715 \begin_layout Standard
20726 <row topline="true">
20727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20730 \begin_layout Standard
20731 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20742 \begin_layout Standard
20753 <row topline="true">
20754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20757 \begin_layout Standard
20764 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20775 \begin_layout Standard
20786 <row topline="true">
20787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20790 \begin_layout Standard
20791 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
20799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20802 \begin_layout Standard
20813 <row topline="true">
20814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20817 \begin_layout Standard
20818 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20840 <row topline="true">
20841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20844 \begin_layout Standard
20852 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20863 \begin_layout Standard
20874 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20878 \begin_layout Standard
20879 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20890 \begin_layout Standard
20913 \begin_layout Standard
20914 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20917 \begin_layout Standard
20922 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
20938 \begin_layout Standard
20939 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
20940 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
20945 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
20946 protected space when you need a space in the box.
20947 Here an example where a
20948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20959 denotes the set of numbers:
20960 \begin_inset Formula \[
20961 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
20980 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
20985 So better don't use this feature.
20988 \begin_layout Standard
20989 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
20990 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
20995 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21001 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21002 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21015 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21018 \begin_layout Standard
21019 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21022 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21029 \begin_layout Subsection
21031 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21039 \begin_layout Standard
21040 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21042 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21045 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21055 \begin_inset Graphics
21056 filename ../images/math/font.xpm
21060 (alternatively the shortcut
21066 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21067 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21068 Here is an example:
21069 \begin_inset Formula \[
21071 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21072 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21079 \begin_layout Subsection
21081 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21082 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21090 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21091 automatically chosen in most situations.
21109 For most characters,
21117 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21118 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21123 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21124 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21125 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21126 \begin_inset Graphics
21127 filename ../images/math/style.xpm
21132 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21133 For example, you can set
21134 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21137 , which is normally in
21146 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21150 The four styles are used in the following example:
21153 \begin_layout Standard
21154 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21158 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21162 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21166 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21172 \begin_layout Standard
21173 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21174 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21176 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21180 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21181 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21182 will be adjusted to correspond.
21183 As example a formula in the font size
21184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21194 \begin_layout Standard
21198 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21204 \begin_layout Section
21206 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21212 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21221 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21222 (AMS) that are in common use.
21225 \begin_layout Subsection
21226 Enabling AMS-Support
21229 \begin_layout Standard
21230 Selecting the checkbox
21239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21243 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21244 name "Document ! Settings"
21253 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21255 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21256 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21259 \begin_layout Subsection
21261 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21262 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21267 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21268 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21275 \begin_layout Standard
21276 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21277 LyX allows you to choose between
21298 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21301 \begin_layout Chapter
21305 \begin_layout Section
21307 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21308 name "Cross references"
21313 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21314 name "sec:Cross-References"
21321 \begin_layout Standard
21322 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21323 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21325 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21326 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21327 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21330 \begin_layout Enumerate
21334 \begin_layout Enumerate
21335 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21336 name "enu:Second-item"
21343 \begin_layout Enumerate
21347 \begin_layout Standard
21348 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21353 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21354 \begin_inset Graphics
21355 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
21361 A grey label box like this:
21362 \begin_inset Graphics
21363 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21368 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21369 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21404 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21405 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21420 \begin_layout Standard
21421 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
21423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21426 or the toolbar button
21427 \begin_inset Graphics
21428 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
21434 A grey cross-reference box like this:
21435 \begin_inset Graphics
21436 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
21441 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
21443 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
21444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21456 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
21458 Here is our cross-reference:
21461 \begin_layout Standard
21464 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21465 reference "enu:Second-item"
21472 \begin_layout Standard
21473 It is recommended to use a protected space
21477 \begin_layout Standard
21478 described in section\InsetSpace ~
21480 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21481 reference "sub:Protected-blanks"
21490 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
21494 \begin_layout Standard
21495 There are six varieties of cross-references:
21498 \begin_layout Description
21499 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
21500 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21501 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21508 \begin_layout Description
21509 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
21510 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
21512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21520 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
21521 reference "eq:tanhExp"
21528 \begin_layout Description
21529 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
21531 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21532 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21539 \begin_layout Description
21542 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
21543 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
21544 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21551 \begin_layout Description
21552 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
21555 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
21557 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
21558 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21565 \begin_layout Description
21566 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
21567 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
21570 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21573 \begin_layout Standard
21578 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
21581 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21582 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
21596 \begin_layout Standard
21597 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
21598 the previous, the same, or the next page.
21599 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
21602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21616 \begin_layout Standard
21617 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
21618 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
21619 The varieties are adjusted in the field
21623 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
21627 \begin_layout Standard
21628 You can only use the style
21632 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
21636 is always possible.
21637 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is
21638 on the previous, same, or next page.
21641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21655 \begin_layout Standard
21656 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
21657 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
21658 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
21659 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
21661 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21662 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
21669 \begin_layout Standard
21676 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
21677 The button text changes then to
21682 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
21683 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
21684 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
21688 \begin_layout Standard
21689 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
21690 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
21691 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
21694 \begin_layout Standard
21695 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
21696 marks in the output instead of the reference.
21699 \begin_layout Standard
21700 References are described in detail in the
21707 \begin_layout Section
21708 Table of Contents and other Listings
21709 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21710 name "Table of contents"
21715 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21721 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21729 \begin_layout Subsection
21730 Table of Contents and Outline
21731 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21732 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
21739 \begin_layout Standard
21740 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
21742 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21743 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21749 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
21750 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
21751 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
21752 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
21759 \begin_layout Standard
21760 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
21761 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
21762 in section\InsetSpace ~
21764 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21765 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
21769 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
21770 Section\InsetSpace ~
21772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21773 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
21777 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
21779 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
21780 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
21781 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
21784 \begin_layout Standard
21785 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
21787 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
21789 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21795 \begin_layout Subsection
21796 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
21797 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21805 \begin_layout Standard
21806 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
21807 You can insert them via the
21809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21815 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
21818 \begin_layout Section
21819 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21820 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21828 \begin_layout Standard
21829 It is often desirable to include long
21830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21837 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
21838 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
21839 to typeset properly.
21840 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21841 resulting in an overfull line.
21842 To avoid this, use the menu
21844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21847 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
21850 \begin_layout Standard
21851 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
21855 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
21860 \begin_layout Standard
21861 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21862 name "LyX-Homepage"
21863 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21881 \begin_layout Itemize
21882 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21883 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21897 \begin_layout Itemize
21898 URLs must not end with a backslash!
21901 \begin_layout Section
21903 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21909 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21910 name "sec:Appendices"
21917 \begin_layout Standard
21918 Appendices are created with the menu
21920 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21922 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21926 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
21927 as appendix region.
21928 The region is marked with a red borderline.
21931 \begin_layout Standard
21932 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
21933 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
21934 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
21935 and the subsection number.
21936 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
21940 \begin_layout Standard
21941 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21943 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21944 reference "cha:Credits"
21948 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
21950 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21951 reference "sub:Export"
21958 \begin_layout Section
21960 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21961 name "Bibliography"
21966 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21967 name "sec:Bibliography"
21974 \begin_layout Standard
21975 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
21976 You can include a bibliography database
21980 \begin_layout Standard
21981 Known under the name
21982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21994 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
21996 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22000 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22002 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22003 reference "sub:biblio_environment"
22010 \begin_layout Standard
22015 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22017 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22026 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22028 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22037 , a short form of its title, as key.
22040 \begin_layout Standard
22041 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22046 or the toobar button
22047 \begin_inset Graphics
22048 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
22049 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22054 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22055 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22056 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22057 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22061 \begin_layout Standard
22062 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22063 with surrounding brackets.
22068 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22069 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22081 \begin_layout Standard
22084 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22087 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22088 key "latexcompanion"
22095 \begin_layout Standard
22096 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22097 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22105 \begin_layout Subsection
22106 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22107 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22108 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22113 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22114 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22121 \begin_layout Standard
22122 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22124 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22126 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22127 your working field in a database.
22128 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22129 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22132 \begin_layout Standard
22133 The database is a text file with the file extension
22134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22145 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22146 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22147 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22148 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22153 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22157 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22158 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22164 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22167 \begin_layout Standard
22168 To use a database, use the menu
22170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22175 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22180 \begin_layout Standard
22191 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22192 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22195 \begin_layout Standard
22196 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22208 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22209 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22210 take care of the layout.
22213 \begin_layout Standard
22214 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22217 \begin_layout Standard
22218 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22224 \begin_layout Standard
22225 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22227 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22238 \begin_layout Standard
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22264 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22272 \begin_layout Standard
22273 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22279 \begin_layout Standard
22280 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22281 the two methods of creating them.
22282 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22283 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22284 We used the style file
22288 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22291 \begin_layout Subsection
22292 Bibliography layout
22293 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22294 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22301 \begin_layout Standard
22302 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22303 For this feature you need to use the option
22309 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22313 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22314 name "Document ! Settings"
22323 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22324 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22325 in the previous section.
22328 \begin_layout Standard
22329 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22330 in the citation reference window.
22331 Here an example where we set the text
22332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22335 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22340 to appear after the reference:
22343 \begin_layout Standard
22345 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22347 key "latexcompanion"
22354 \begin_layout Section
22356 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22357 name "Index generation"
22364 \begin_layout Standard
22365 An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
22366 that should appear in the index and then use the menu
22368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22372 or the toobar button
22373 \begin_inset Graphics
22374 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
22375 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22392 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
22393 LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
22396 \begin_layout Standard
22397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22400 \begin_layout Standard
22405 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
22406 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22411 Therefore you cannot insert
22414 \begin_layout Standard
22420 \begin_layout Standard
22421 to an index entry field, because the
22422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22429 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns so that you will get
22431 The correct entry is
22434 \begin_layout Standard
22442 \begin_layout Standard
22443 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
22444 ways using special LaTeX commands.
22445 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
22446 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
22448 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22449 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22456 \begin_layout Standard
22457 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
22460 \begin_layout Standard
22461 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
22463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22466 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22471 A light blue box labeled
22472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22483 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
22484 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
22487 \begin_layout Subsection
22488 Grouping Index Entries
22489 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22490 name "Index ! Grouping"
22497 \begin_layout Standard
22498 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
22500 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
22501 lists under the entry
22502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22510 First we create the entry
22511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22518 in section\InsetSpace ~
22520 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22521 reference "sub:Lists"
22526 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
22528 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22529 reference "sec:itemize"
22533 , we insert the command
22536 \begin_layout Standard
22542 \begin_layout Standard
22546 \begin_layout Standard
22552 \begin_layout Standard
22553 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
22555 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22556 reference "sec:enumerate"
22563 \begin_layout Standard
22564 The exclamation mark
22565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22572 marks the grouping levels.
22573 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
22574 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
22575 If we don't have an index entry for
22576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22583 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
22586 \begin_layout Subsection
22588 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22589 name "Index ! Page ranges"
22596 \begin_layout Standard
22597 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
22599 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
22600 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
22601 in section\InsetSpace ~
22603 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22604 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
22611 \begin_layout Standard
22614 Paragraph environments|(
22617 \begin_layout Standard
22618 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
22620 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22621 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22631 Paragraph environments|)
22634 \begin_layout Standard
22636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22659 respectively starts and ends the index range.
22660 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
22661 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
22662 the pages of the indexed document parts.
22663 An example is the index entry
22664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22667 Document ! Settings
22668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22674 \begin_layout Subsection
22676 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22677 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
22684 \begin_layout Standard
22685 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
22686 We referred for example in the index entry
22687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22694 (in section\InsetSpace ~
22696 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22697 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
22701 ) to the index entry
22702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22709 in the same section using the command
22712 \begin_layout Standard
22715 GIF|see{Image formats}
22718 \begin_layout Standard
22719 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
22720 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
22723 \begin_layout Subsection
22725 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22726 name "Index ! Entry order"
22733 \begin_layout Standard
22734 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
22735 then not follow the rules for the index order.
22736 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
22740 \begin_layout Standard
22741 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
22742 section\InsetSpace ~
22744 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22745 reference "sub:Index-Program"
22754 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
22755 We created as example the three dummy index entries
22756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22780 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22781 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
22786 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22787 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
22792 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22793 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
22797 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
22798 order maïs, maison, maître.
22799 To achieve this, we use the command
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22805 previous entry@current entry
22808 \begin_layout Standard
22809 In our case we want to have
22810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22825 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
22828 \begin_layout Standard
22834 \begin_layout Standard
22835 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
22836 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
22840 \begin_layout Subsection
22842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22843 name "Index ! Entry layout"
22850 \begin_layout Standard
22851 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
22852 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
22855 \begin_layout Standard
22860 textit{This is an italic entry}
22863 \begin_layout Standard
22870 produces the italic layout.
22871 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22872 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
22876 We refer to LaTeX books (
22877 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22878 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22882 ) for an overview of layout commands.
22883 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
22884 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
22888 \begin_layout Standard
22893 textit{This is an italic entry}
22896 \begin_layout Standard
22897 You can also format the page number using the character
22898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22905 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
22906 We can write for example
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22912 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
22915 \begin_layout Standard
22916 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
22917 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22918 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
22922 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
22924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22939 command{page\InsetSpace ~
22943 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
22945 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22946 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
22950 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
22953 \begin_layout Standard
22954 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
22956 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
22957 for all index entries.
22960 \begin_layout Subsection
22962 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22963 name "Index ! Program"
22968 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22969 name "sub:Index-Program"
22976 \begin_layout Standard
22977 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
22982 This programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
22993 \begin_layout Standard
23008 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23014 Before you change something there, it is strongly recommended to read the
23015 manuals of the programs.
23018 \begin_layout Section
23019 Nomenclature / Glossary
23020 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23021 name "Nomenclature"
23026 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23027 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23034 \begin_layout Standard
23035 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23036 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23040 \begin_layout Standard
23041 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23044 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23045 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23052 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23053 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23058 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23061 \begin_layout Standard
23062 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23063 and then use the menu
23065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23070 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23073 or the toobar button
23074 \begin_inset Graphics
23075 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.xpm
23076 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23093 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23098 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23099 The second is the description of the symbol.
23102 \begin_layout Standard
23103 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23106 \begin_layout Standard
23111 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23112 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23120 \begin_layout Subsection
23121 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23122 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23123 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23130 \begin_layout Standard
23131 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23135 field as LaTeX-formula.
23137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23141 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23166 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23167 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23179 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23192 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23193 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23206 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23207 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23212 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23219 in this document is:
23223 dummy entry for the character
23245 font use the command
23274 \begin_layout Subsection
23275 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23276 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23277 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23284 \begin_layout Standard
23285 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23286 the symbol definition.
23287 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23288 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23291 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23293 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"\\nomnorefpage"
23300 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23304 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23307 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23312 They will be sorted by
23313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23339 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23342 will be sorted before the
23346 since the character
23347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23354 is considered in sorting.
23357 \begin_layout Standard
23358 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23363 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23364 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23366 For the given example, you can insert
23370 to this field for the
23371 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23378 will be located before
23379 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23391 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23399 \begin_layout Subsection
23400 Nomenclature Options
23401 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23402 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
23409 \begin_layout Standard
23414 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
23415 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
23418 \begin_layout Description
23419 refeq Appends the phrase
23420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23435 to every nomenclature entry, where
23441 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
23444 \begin_layout Description
23445 refpage Appends the phrase
23446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23461 to every nomenclature entry, where
23467 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
23470 \begin_layout Description
23471 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
23474 \begin_layout Standard
23475 There are furthermore the options
23519 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
23523 \begin_layout Standard
23524 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
23525 class options list in the
23527 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23531 In this document the options
23542 \begin_layout Standard
23543 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23550 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
23551 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
23556 field in the nomenclature dialog:
23559 \begin_layout Description
23569 \begin_layout Description
23572 nomrefpage Like the
23579 \begin_layout Description
23582 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
23591 \begin_layout Description
23594 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
23597 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
23600 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
23603 \begin_layout Standard
23610 was used in this document in the nomenclature entry for the
23611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23621 \begin_layout Subsection
23622 Printing the Nomenclature
23623 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23624 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
23631 \begin_layout Standard
23632 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
23634 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23637 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23641 A light blue box labeled
23642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23653 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
23654 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
23657 \begin_layout Standard
23658 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
23659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23667 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
23675 For example, in order to change the name to
23679 , add the following line to the preamble:
23682 \begin_layout Standard
23690 nomname}{List of Symbols}
23693 \begin_layout Standard
23694 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
23700 \begin_layout Standard
23701 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
23702 by adding the following line to the preamble:
23705 \begin_layout Standard
23713 nomlabelwidth}{width}
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23719 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23721 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23722 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
23727 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
23731 \begin_layout Section
23733 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23739 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23740 name "Document ! Branches"
23745 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23746 name "sec:Branches"
23753 \begin_layout Standard
23754 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
23755 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
23756 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
23757 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
23760 \begin_layout Standard
23761 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
23762 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
23763 To create a branch, go in the
23765 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23773 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
23774 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
23779 These boxes are inserted via the menu
23781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23784 where you can choose a branch.
23785 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
23788 \begin_layout Standard
23789 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
23790 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
23793 \begin_layout Standard
23794 \begin_inset Branch Question
23797 \begin_layout Standard
23798 Question: Who was the first Physics Nobel prize winner?
23806 \begin_layout Standard
23807 \begin_inset Branch Answer
23810 \begin_layout Standard
23811 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
23819 \begin_layout Section
23820 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
23821 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23829 \begin_layout Subsection
23831 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23837 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23838 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
23845 \begin_layout Standard
23846 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
23847 constructs, but not all.
23848 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
23849 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
23850 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
23851 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
23852 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
23853 and their commands.
23856 \begin_layout Standard
23857 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
23860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23867 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
23868 An ERT box is created by the menu
23870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23873 or by the toolbar button
23874 \begin_inset Graphics
23875 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
23880 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
23893 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
23894 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
23905 \begin_layout Standard
23906 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
23907 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
23908 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
23915 , you can write the command part
23921 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
23925 in a second ERT box behind the word.
23926 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
23930 \begin_layout Standard
23931 \begin_inset Graphics
23932 filename clipart/ERT.png
23940 \begin_layout Standard
23944 \begin_layout Standard
23945 This is a line with a
23949 \begin_layout Standard
23962 \begin_layout Standard
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23973 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23976 \begin_layout Standard
23981 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
23982 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
23990 \begin_layout Subsection
23991 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
23992 \begin_inset OptArg
23995 \begin_layout Standard
24002 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24003 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24008 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24009 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24016 \begin_layout Standard
24017 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24018 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24019 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24028 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24029 every time if you know the right commands.
24031 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24032 the end of the day.
24033 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24034 all caption labels bold.
24035 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24037 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24040 \begin_layout Standard
24041 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24042 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24043 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24045 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24053 \begin_layout Standard
24054 As result you know that the package
24059 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24060 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24065 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24067 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24078 usepackage[options]{package name}
24081 \begin_layout Standard
24082 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24083 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24084 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24088 In your case the package name is
24093 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24098 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24099 So you add the command
24102 \begin_layout Standard
24107 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24111 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24114 \begin_layout Standard
24115 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24117 For example if you use a
24121 t class, you don't need the package
24125 , you can instead write
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24133 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24138 \begin_layout Standard
24139 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24140 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24141 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24149 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24152 \begin_layout Standard
24153 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24154 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24156 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24160 \begin_layout Standard
24161 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24163 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24164 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24172 \begin_layout Section
24173 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24174 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24175 name "Instant preview"
24180 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24181 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24186 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24187 name "Document ! Preview"
24194 \begin_layout Standard
24195 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24196 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24197 to break your train of thought with
24199 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24205 \begin_layout Standard
24206 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24207 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24210 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24211 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24217 as explained below, and turn on
24219 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24224 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24231 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24238 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24240 Previews of an already loaded document are
24244 generated just by selecting the
24246 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24249 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24252 \begin_layout Standard
24253 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24254 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24259 check box in the insert dialog.
24260 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24264 \begin_layout Standard
24265 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24269 (on some systems named simply
24274 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24275 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24280 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24281 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24289 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24293 \begin_layout Standard
24294 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24300 \begin_layout Standard
24301 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24305 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24309 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24310 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24312 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24313 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24314 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24315 the source view window.
24318 \begin_layout Section
24320 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24321 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24326 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24327 name "Spell checking"
24334 \begin_layout Standard
24335 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24336 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24353 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
24359 can be seen as successor of
24363 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
24368 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
24369 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
24377 \begin_layout Standard
24378 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
24379 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
24386 \begin_layout Standard
24389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24392 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
24393 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
24394 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
24395 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
24396 scrolled so that it is visible.
24401 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
24403 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
24407 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
24408 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
24411 \begin_layout Standard
24412 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
24415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24419 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
24420 will bring an error message.
24421 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
24422 specifying a different
24424 Alternative language
24426 in preferences dialog.
24429 \begin_layout Standard
24430 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
24433 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
24437 \begin_layout Standard
24438 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
24439 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
24441 But you can use the
24450 \begin_layout Standard
24451 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
24452 This does work with
24456 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
24459 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24468 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
24471 \begin_layout Description
24472 Escape\InsetSpace ~
24473 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
24474 checker should consider, e.g.
24475 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
24476 This should not normally be needed.
24479 \begin_layout Description
24480 Personal\InsetSpace ~
24481 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
24482 choice as your personal dictionary
24485 \begin_layout Description
24486 Accept\InsetSpace ~
24487 compound\InsetSpace ~
24488 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
24490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24500 \begin_layout Description
24503 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
24505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24512 also for the spellchecker.
24516 \begin_layout Standard
24517 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
24519 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24520 reference "sub:Settings"
24529 Enable this if you can't spell check words with international letters in
24531 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
24532 so this is disabled by default.
24535 \begin_layout Section
24537 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24543 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24544 name "sec:Thesaurus"
24551 \begin_layout Standard
24552 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
24555 \begin_layout Standard
24556 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
24559 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24562 or the toolbar button
24563 \begin_inset Graphics
24564 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
24565 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24566 rotateOrigin center
24571 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
24575 \begin_layout Standard
24576 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
24577 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
24578 cases to find related words.
24581 \begin_layout Standard
24582 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
24584 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
24585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24592 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
24593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24601 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
24602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24620 \begin_layout Section
24622 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24623 name "Change Tracking"
24628 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24629 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
24634 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24635 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
24642 \begin_layout Standard
24643 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
24644 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
24645 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
24646 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
24648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24649 Change\InsetSpace ~
24650 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24657 \begin_layout Standard
24658 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
24667 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
24680 \begin_layout Standard
24681 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
24682 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24683 name "Toolbar ! Review"
24690 \begin_layout Standard
24691 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24697 \begin_layout Standard
24698 \begin_inset Graphics
24699 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
24706 \begin_layout Standard
24707 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24713 \begin_layout Standard
24714 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24719 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24725 \begin_layout Standard
24726 \begin_inset Tabular
24727 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
24728 <features islongtable="true">
24729 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
24730 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
24731 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24735 \begin_layout Standard
24736 \begin_inset Graphics
24737 filename ../images/changes-track.xpm
24738 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24739 rotateOrigin center
24748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24751 \begin_layout Standard
24754 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24755 Change\InsetSpace ~
24756 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24768 \begin_layout Standard
24769 \begin_inset Graphics
24770 filename ../images/changes-output.xpm
24771 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24772 rotateOrigin center
24781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24784 \begin_layout Standard
24787 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24788 Change\InsetSpace ~
24789 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24791 Changes\InsetSpace ~
24799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24804 \begin_inset Graphics
24805 filename ../images/change-next.xpm
24806 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24807 rotateOrigin center
24816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24819 \begin_layout Standard
24820 Jumps to the next change
24826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24830 \begin_layout Standard
24831 \begin_inset Graphics
24832 filename ../images/change-accept.xpm
24833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24834 rotateOrigin center
24843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24846 \begin_layout Standard
24849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24850 Change\InsetSpace ~
24851 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24852 Accept\InsetSpace ~
24859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24863 \begin_layout Standard
24864 \begin_inset Graphics
24865 filename ../images/change-reject.xpm
24866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24867 rotateOrigin center
24876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24883 Change\InsetSpace ~
24884 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24885 Reject\InsetSpace ~
24892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 \begin_inset Graphics
24898 filename ../images/changes-merge.xpm
24899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24900 rotateOrigin center
24909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24915 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24916 Change\InsetSpace ~
24917 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24929 \begin_layout Standard
24930 \begin_inset Graphics
24931 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.xpm
24932 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24933 rotateOrigin center
24942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24945 \begin_layout Standard
24948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24949 Change\InsetSpace ~
24950 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24951 Accept\InsetSpace ~
24959 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24963 \begin_layout Standard
24964 \begin_inset Graphics
24965 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.xpm
24966 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24967 rotateOrigin center
24976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24979 \begin_layout Standard
24982 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24983 Change\InsetSpace ~
24984 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24985 Reject\InsetSpace ~
24993 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
24994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24997 \begin_layout Standard
24998 \begin_inset Graphics
24999 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
25000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25001 rotateOrigin center
25010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25017 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25029 \begin_layout Standard
25030 \begin_inset Graphics
25031 filename ../images/note-next.xpm
25032 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25033 rotateOrigin center
25042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25045 \begin_layout Standard
25048 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25064 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25070 \begin_layout Standard
25071 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25072 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25073 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25074 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25075 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25076 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25077 step to the next change.
25078 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25081 \begin_layout Standard
25082 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25083 to describe a change.
25086 \begin_layout Standard
25087 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25090 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25091 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25098 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25099 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25104 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25107 \begin_layout Section
25108 International Support
25109 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25110 name "International support"
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25119 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25120 how to set up LyX to use them:
25121 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25122 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25132 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25133 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25140 \begin_layout Subsection
25142 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25143 name "Language ! Options"
25148 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25149 name "Document ! Settings"
25154 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25155 name "Document ! Language"
25162 \begin_layout Standard
25165 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25168 dialog lets you set
25170 the language and character encoding for your language.
25174 \begin_layout Standard
25175 Choose your language in the
25181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25190 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25198 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
25199 When you select the encoding
25206 Use language's default encoding
25208 , the encoding is used that LaTeX uses by default for the selected language,
25209 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
25216 The different encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25218 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25219 reference "sub:Settings"
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
25228 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
25229 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
25230 for that matter), the
25234 encoding is the right choice for most purposes.
25235 Besides this, you will find some alternative Unicode encodings for specific
25244 are provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean),
25248 , finally, should be chosen for
25252 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
25257 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25258 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25267 See section\InsetSpace ~
25269 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25270 reference "sub:Settings"
25282 \begin_layout Subsection
25283 Keyboard mapping configuration
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25288 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25289 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
25290 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
25291 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
25292 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
25293 which one you want to use.
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
25298 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
25299 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
25300 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
25301 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
25302 one to support the characters you want.
25303 This and much more customizations are explained in the
25310 \begin_layout Subsection
25312 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25323 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25324 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
25333 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
25337 \begin_layout Standard
25338 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
25339 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
25347 \begin_layout Itemize
25348 Even if you have selected
25354 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25357 dialog, users who have only the
25361 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
25365 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
25366 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
25367 french quotes won't show up.
25370 \begin_layout Standard
25371 \begin_inset Float table
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 \begin_inset Caption
25379 \begin_layout Standard
25380 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25381 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
25397 \begin_layout Standard
25399 \begin_inset Tabular
25400 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
25402 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25403 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25404 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25405 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25409 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25410 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25412 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25419 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
25420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25423 \begin_layout Standard
25429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25432 \begin_layout Standard
25447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25450 \begin_layout Standard
25465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25468 \begin_layout Standard
25483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25486 \begin_layout Standard
25501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25504 \begin_layout Standard
25519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25540 \begin_layout Standard
25555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25558 \begin_layout Standard
25573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25576 \begin_layout Standard
25591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25630 \begin_layout Standard
25645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25666 \begin_layout Standard
25681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25684 \begin_layout Standard
25699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25702 \begin_layout Standard
25718 <row topline="true">
25719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25722 \begin_layout Standard
25737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25749 \begin_layout Standard
25755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25758 \begin_layout Standard
25764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25767 \begin_layout Standard
25781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25784 \begin_layout Standard
25798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25818 \begin_layout Standard
25832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25852 \begin_layout Standard
25858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25870 \begin_layout Standard
25876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25879 \begin_layout Standard
25893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25896 \begin_layout Standard
25910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25913 \begin_layout Standard
25927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25930 \begin_layout Standard
25944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25962 <row topline="true">
25963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25984 \begin_layout Standard
25990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26019 \begin_layout Standard
26033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26053 \begin_layout Standard
26067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26087 \begin_layout Standard
26101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26104 \begin_layout Standard
26110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26113 \begin_layout Standard
26119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26122 \begin_layout Standard
26136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26156 \begin_layout Standard
26170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26173 \begin_layout Standard
26187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26207 \begin_layout Standard
26222 <row topline="true">
26223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26253 \begin_layout Standard
26259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26282 \begin_layout Standard
26296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26299 \begin_layout Standard
26313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26316 \begin_layout Standard
26330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26333 \begin_layout Standard
26347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26350 \begin_layout Standard
26364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26367 \begin_layout Standard
26373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26376 \begin_layout Standard
26382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26394 \begin_layout Standard
26408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26445 \begin_layout Standard
26459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26462 \begin_layout Standard
26477 <row topline="true">
26478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26499 \begin_layout Standard
26505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26508 \begin_layout Standard
26514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26517 \begin_layout Standard
26531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26534 \begin_layout Standard
26548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26568 \begin_layout Standard
26582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26585 \begin_layout Standard
26599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26619 \begin_layout Standard
26625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26654 \begin_layout Standard
26668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26671 \begin_layout Standard
26685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26688 \begin_layout Standard
26702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26705 \begin_layout Standard
26719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26722 \begin_layout Standard
26737 <row topline="true">
26738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26741 \begin_layout Standard
26756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26759 \begin_layout Standard
26765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26794 \begin_layout Standard
26808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26811 \begin_layout Standard
26825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26828 \begin_layout Standard
26842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26906 \begin_layout Standard
26920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26923 \begin_layout Standard
26937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26940 \begin_layout Standard
26954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26957 \begin_layout Standard
26971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26974 \begin_layout Standard
26989 <row topline="true">
26990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26993 \begin_layout Standard
27008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27029 \begin_layout Standard
27043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27097 \begin_layout Standard
27111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27114 \begin_layout Standard
27128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27131 \begin_layout Standard
27137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27241 <row topline="true">
27242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27245 \begin_layout Standard
27260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27263 \begin_layout Standard
27269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27272 \begin_layout Standard
27278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27281 \begin_layout Standard
27295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27298 \begin_layout Standard
27312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27315 \begin_layout Standard
27329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27366 \begin_layout Standard
27380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27410 \begin_layout Standard
27424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27427 \begin_layout Standard
27441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27493 <row topline="true">
27494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27497 \begin_layout Standard
27512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27515 \begin_layout Standard
27521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27584 \begin_layout Standard
27598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27653 \begin_layout Standard
27667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27753 <row topline="true">
27754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27757 \begin_layout Standard
27772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27775 \begin_layout Standard
27781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27784 \begin_layout Standard
27790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27827 \begin_layout Standard
27841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27844 \begin_layout Standard
27858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27861 \begin_layout Standard
27875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27895 \begin_layout Standard
27901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27998 \begin_layout Standard
28013 <row topline="true">
28014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28017 \begin_layout Standard
28032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28044 \begin_layout Standard
28050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28053 \begin_layout Standard
28067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28070 \begin_layout Standard
28084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28104 \begin_layout Standard
28118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28138 \begin_layout Standard
28152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28155 \begin_layout Standard
28161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28164 \begin_layout Standard
28170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28190 \begin_layout Standard
28204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28207 \begin_layout Standard
28221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28224 \begin_layout Standard
28238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28241 \begin_layout Standard
28255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28258 \begin_layout Standard
28273 <row topline="true">
28274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28304 \begin_layout Standard
28310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28313 \begin_layout Standard
28327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28330 \begin_layout Standard
28344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28364 \begin_layout Standard
28378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28381 \begin_layout Standard
28395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28398 \begin_layout Standard
28412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28415 \begin_layout Standard
28421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28424 \begin_layout Standard
28430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28433 \begin_layout Standard
28447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28450 \begin_layout Standard
28464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28467 \begin_layout Standard
28481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28484 \begin_layout Standard
28498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28501 \begin_layout Standard
28515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28518 \begin_layout Standard
28533 <row topline="true">
28534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28555 \begin_layout Standard
28561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28564 \begin_layout Standard
28570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28573 \begin_layout Standard
28587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28590 \begin_layout Standard
28604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28607 \begin_layout Standard
28621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28624 \begin_layout Standard
28638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28641 \begin_layout Standard
28655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28684 \begin_layout Standard
28690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28693 \begin_layout Standard
28707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28710 \begin_layout Standard
28724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28727 \begin_layout Standard
28741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28761 \begin_layout Standard
28775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28778 \begin_layout Standard
28793 <row topline="true">
28794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28797 \begin_layout Standard
28812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28815 \begin_layout Standard
28821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28824 \begin_layout Standard
28830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28833 \begin_layout Standard
28847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28867 \begin_layout Standard
28881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28884 \begin_layout Standard
28900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28903 \begin_layout Standard
28917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28920 \begin_layout Standard
28934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28946 \begin_layout Standard
28952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28989 \begin_layout Standard
29003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29006 \begin_layout Standard
29020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29023 \begin_layout Standard
29037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29055 <row topline="true">
29056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29059 \begin_layout Standard
29074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29077 \begin_layout Standard
29083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29086 \begin_layout Standard
29092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29095 \begin_layout Standard
29109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29112 \begin_layout Standard
29126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29129 \begin_layout Standard
29143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29146 \begin_layout Standard
29160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29163 \begin_layout Standard
29177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29180 \begin_layout Standard
29194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29197 \begin_layout Standard
29203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29206 \begin_layout Standard
29212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29215 \begin_layout Standard
29221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29224 \begin_layout Standard
29238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29241 \begin_layout Standard
29255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29258 \begin_layout Standard
29272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29275 \begin_layout Standard
29289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29307 <row topline="true">
29308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29311 \begin_layout Standard
29326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29329 \begin_layout Standard
29335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29338 \begin_layout Standard
29344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29347 \begin_layout Standard
29361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29364 \begin_layout Standard
29378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29381 \begin_layout Standard
29395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29398 \begin_layout Standard
29412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29415 \begin_layout Standard
29429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29432 \begin_layout Standard
29446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29449 \begin_layout Standard
29455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29458 \begin_layout Standard
29464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29467 \begin_layout Standard
29481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29484 \begin_layout Standard
29498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29501 \begin_layout Standard
29515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29518 \begin_layout Standard
29532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29535 \begin_layout Standard
29549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29552 \begin_layout Standard
29567 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
29568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29571 \begin_layout Standard
29586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29589 \begin_layout Standard
29595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29598 \begin_layout Standard
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Standard
29621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29624 \begin_layout Standard
29638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29641 \begin_layout Standard
29655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29658 \begin_layout Standard
29672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29675 \begin_layout Standard
29689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29692 \begin_layout Standard
29698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Standard
29707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29710 \begin_layout Standard
29716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29719 \begin_layout Standard
29733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29736 \begin_layout Standard
29750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29753 \begin_layout Standard
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Standard
29784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29787 \begin_layout Standard
29801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29804 \begin_layout Standard
29831 \begin_layout Standard
29832 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
29834 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
29835 also the characters from
29847 \begin_layout Itemize
29856 \begin_layout Standard
29857 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
29862 \begin_layout Standard
29863 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
29868 \begin_layout Standard
29869 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
29874 \begin_layout Standard
29875 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
29880 \begin_layout Standard
29886 \begin_layout Standard
29892 \begin_layout Standard
29899 \begin_layout Itemize
29912 \begin_layout Standard
29918 \begin_layout Standard
29924 \begin_layout Standard
29930 \begin_layout Standard
29936 \begin_layout Standard
29942 \begin_layout Standard
29949 \begin_layout Standard
29950 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
29951 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
29952 Also make sure you're using the
29959 \begin_layout Chapter
29962 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
29963 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
29970 \begin_layout Standard
29971 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
29972 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
29973 inside the user's guide.
29976 \begin_layout Section
29978 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
29986 \begin_layout Standard
29991 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
29992 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
29995 \begin_layout Subsection
29999 \begin_layout Standard
30000 Creates a new document.
30003 \begin_layout Subsection
30007 \begin_layout Standard
30008 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30009 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30010 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30013 \begin_layout Subsection
30017 \begin_layout Standard
30021 \begin_layout Subsection
30025 \begin_layout Standard
30026 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30027 Click there on a file to open it.
30030 \begin_layout Subsection
30034 \begin_layout Standard
30035 Closes the current document.
30038 \begin_layout Subsection
30042 \begin_layout Standard
30043 Saves the actual document.
30046 \begin_layout Subsection
30050 \begin_layout Standard
30051 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30054 \begin_layout Subsection
30058 \begin_layout Standard
30059 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30062 \begin_layout Subsection
30066 \begin_layout Standard
30067 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30068 It is described in the section
30070 Version Control in LyX
30074 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30080 \begin_layout Subsection
30084 \begin_layout Standard
30085 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30086 text files (ASCII-files).
30087 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30090 \begin_layout Standard
30091 When using the menu
30094 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30097 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30098 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30099 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30100 will start a new paragraph.
30103 \begin_layout Subsection
30105 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30113 \begin_layout Standard
30114 You can export your document to various file formats.
30115 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30116 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30117 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30120 \begin_layout Standard
30121 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30122 section\InsetSpace ~
30124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30125 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30132 \begin_layout Description
30138 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30139 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30142 \begin_layout Description
30150 \begin_layout Description
30151 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30155 \begin_layout Description
30158 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30163 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30171 \begin_layout Description
30178 \begin_layout Standard
30188 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30189 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30193 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30196 \begin_layout Description
30203 \begin_layout Standard
30213 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30214 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30222 \begin_layout Description
30224 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30232 is replaced by the version number)
30235 \begin_layout Description
30236 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30249 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30253 \begin_layout Description
30258 PDF-format using the program
30263 \begin_layout Description
30269 PDF-format using the program
30274 \begin_layout Description
30280 PDF-format using the program
30285 \begin_layout Description
30294 \begin_layout Description
30301 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
30302 and then exported as text using the program
30307 \begin_layout Description
30312 PostScript format using the program
30317 \begin_layout Description
30325 \begin_layout Standard
30330 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
30331 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
30337 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
30340 \begin_layout Standard
30341 If one of the menu entries
30354 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30355 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30357 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30358 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30363 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30364 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30371 \begin_layout Standard
30376 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
30377 the export program.
30380 \begin_layout Subsection
30384 \begin_layout Standard
30385 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
30386 or send it to a printer.
30387 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
30388 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
30394 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
30396 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30397 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
30404 \begin_layout Subsection
30405 New and Close Window
30408 \begin_layout Standard
30409 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
30410 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
30413 \begin_layout Section
30415 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30423 \begin_layout Subsection
30427 \begin_layout Standard
30428 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30430 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30431 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
30438 \begin_layout Subsection
30439 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
30442 \begin_layout Standard
30443 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30445 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30446 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
30453 \begin_layout Subsection
30457 \begin_layout Standard
30458 Selects the whole document.
30461 \begin_layout Subsection
30463 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30464 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
30471 \begin_layout Standard
30472 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30474 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30475 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
30482 \begin_layout Subsection
30483 Move paragraph Up/Down
30486 \begin_layout Standard
30487 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
30491 \begin_layout Subsection
30493 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30494 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
30501 \begin_layout Standard
30502 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30504 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30505 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
30512 \begin_layout Subsection
30514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30515 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
30522 \begin_layout Standard
30523 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
30525 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
30528 \begin_layout Standard
30529 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
30530 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
30533 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30544 \begin_layout Subsection
30548 \begin_layout Standard
30549 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
30550 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
30551 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
30553 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30554 reference "sec:tables"
30558 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
30560 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30561 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
30568 \begin_layout Subsection
30569 Increase / Decrease List Depth
30572 \begin_layout Standard
30573 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
30575 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
30577 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30578 reference "sec:nest"
30583 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30584 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
30591 \begin_layout Section
30593 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30601 \begin_layout Standard
30606 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
30607 document with an external program.
30608 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
30609 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
30610 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
30612 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30613 reference "sub:Export"
30618 You should at least see the menu entries
30628 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30629 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30631 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30632 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30637 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30638 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30645 \begin_layout Standard
30646 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
30647 The viewer can be set in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
30649 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30650 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
30655 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured or later
30659 \begin_layout Standard
30660 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30663 At the bottom of the
30667 menu the opened documents are listed.
30670 \begin_layout Subsection
30674 \begin_layout Standard
30675 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
30676 in section\InsetSpace ~
30678 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30679 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30686 \begin_layout Subsection
30690 \begin_layout Standard
30691 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
30692 opening a new view window.
30695 \begin_layout Subsection
30697 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30698 name "sub:Toolbars"
30703 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30711 \begin_layout Standard
30712 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
30713 All toolbars and the
30715 Command\InsetSpace ~
30718 can be turned on and off.
30723 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
30741 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
30745 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
30752 \begin_layout Standard
30757 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
30761 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
30762 or when a certain feature is enabled.
30763 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
30764 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
30765 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
30768 \begin_layout Standard
30769 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
30771 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30772 reference "sec:Toolbars"
30779 \begin_layout Section
30781 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30782 name "Menu ! Insert"
30789 \begin_layout Subsection
30793 \begin_layout Standard
30794 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
30796 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30797 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
30804 \begin_layout Subsection
30806 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30807 name "sub:Special-Character"
30814 \begin_layout Standard
30815 Here you can insert the following characters:
30818 \begin_layout Description
30819 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
30823 \begin_layout Description
30826 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
30828 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30829 reference "sec:abbrev"
30836 \begin_layout Description
30837 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
30838 Quote Inserts this quote:
30839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30842 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
30844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30854 \begin_layout Description
30855 Single\InsetSpace ~
30856 Quote Inserts this quote:
30857 \begin_inset Quotes els
30863 \begin_layout Description
30865 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
30869 \begin_layout Description
30870 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
30872 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30873 name "Phonetic symbols"
30878 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30879 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
30883 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
30884 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
30885 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
30890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30891 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
30897 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
30901 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
30909 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
30910 name "Wiki-page:\\newline "
30911 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
30917 Here is the English word
30918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30925 in phonetic symbols:
30926 \begin_inset Formula $\text{\textipa{""Ekspl@"neIS@n}}$
30932 \begin_layout Section
30934 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30935 name "Menu ! Navigate"
30942 \begin_layout Standard
30943 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
30944 the current document.
30945 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
30948 \begin_layout Standard
30949 The Navigate menu also offers to
30952 \begin_layout Subsection
30956 \begin_layout Standard
30957 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
30958 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
30960 between section\InsetSpace ~
30962 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
30963 2.5 and use the menu
30967 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
30971 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
30975 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
30979 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
30991 \begin_layout Standard
30992 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
30993 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
30996 \begin_layout Subsection
30997 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
31000 \begin_layout Standard
31001 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
31005 \begin_layout Subsection
31009 \begin_layout Standard
31010 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
31011 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
31012 on a cross-reference box.
31015 \begin_layout Section
31017 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31018 name "Menu ! Document"
31025 \begin_layout Subsection
31029 \begin_layout Standard
31030 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31032 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31033 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
31040 \begin_layout Subsection
31045 \begin_layout Standard
31055 \begin_layout Standard
31056 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
31058 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
31061 \begin_layout Standard
31062 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
31067 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
31070 \begin_layout Subsection
31074 \begin_layout Standard
31075 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31077 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31078 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
31085 \begin_layout Subsection
31086 Start Appendix Here
31089 \begin_layout Standard
31090 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
31091 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31093 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31094 reference "sec:Appendices"
31101 \begin_layout Subsection
31105 \begin_layout Standard
31106 Un/compresses the actual document.
31109 \begin_layout Subsection
31111 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31112 name "sub:Settings"
31117 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31118 name "Document ! Settings"
31125 \begin_layout Standard
31126 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
31128 You can save your document settings as default with the
31130 Save as Document Defaults
31132 button in the dialog.
31133 This will create a template named
31137 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
31141 \begin_layout Standard
31142 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
31145 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31149 \begin_layout Standard
31150 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
31151 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31153 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31154 reference "sec:doc-classes"
31159 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
31164 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
31165 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
31168 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31172 \begin_layout Standard
31173 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31175 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31176 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
31183 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31187 \begin_layout Standard
31188 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
31190 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
31194 \begin_layout Standard
31195 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
31196 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
31197 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
31200 \begin_layout Standard
31201 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
31209 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31213 \begin_layout Standard
31214 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
31216 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31217 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
31222 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31223 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
31230 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31234 \begin_layout Standard
31235 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
31237 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31238 reference "sub:Margins"
31245 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31247 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31248 name "Language ! Encoding"
31255 \begin_layout Standard
31256 The document language and quote styles are set here.
31257 The encoding is necessary to be able to enter characters in the document
31260 you want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and not by
31261 using LaTeX-commands.
31264 \begin_layout Standard
31265 If you use the option
31267 use language's default encoding
31269 , the default encoding for the selected language is used.
31272 \begin_layout Standard
31273 Here is a list with the important encodings:
31276 \begin_layout Description
31277 amscii8 encoding for Armenian
31280 \begin_layout Description
31281 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
31284 \begin_layout Description
31285 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
31288 \begin_layout Description
31289 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
31292 \begin_layout Description
31293 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
31296 \begin_layout Description
31297 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
31300 \begin_layout Description
31301 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
31302 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
31305 \begin_layout Description
31306 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
31307 Serbian, and Ukrainian
31310 \begin_layout Description
31311 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
31314 \begin_layout Description
31315 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
31318 \begin_layout Description
31319 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
31322 \begin_layout Description
31323 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
31326 \begin_layout Description
31327 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
31328 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
31329 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
31333 \begin_layout Description
31334 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
31335 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
31338 \begin_layout Description
31339 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
31343 \begin_layout Description
31344 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
31347 \begin_layout Description
31348 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
31349 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
31352 \begin_layout Description
31353 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
31354 the euro currency sign, the
31358 \begin_layout Standard
31367 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
31368 be the replacement for latin1
31371 \begin_layout Description
31372 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
31375 \begin_layout Description
31376 utf8 code page for Unicode utf8
31379 \begin_layout Description
31380 UTF8 code page provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
31383 \begin_layout Description
31384 utf8-plain code page provided to be used with for
31392 \begin_layout Standard
31393 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
31394 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
31400 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
31405 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31406 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
31413 \begin_layout Description
31414 utf8x code page provided for CJK languages
31417 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31421 \begin_layout Standard
31422 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
31423 in section\InsetSpace ~
31425 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31426 reference "sub:numbering-depth"
31433 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31437 \begin_layout Standard
31438 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
31441 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31442 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
31453 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31454 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
31459 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
31461 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31462 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31469 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31473 \begin_layout Standard
31474 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
31477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31478 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
31487 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31488 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
31494 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
31497 \begin_layout Standard
31502 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
31503 assure that you have enabled AMS.
31506 \begin_layout Standard
31511 is used for special integral characters.
31514 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31518 \begin_layout Standard
31519 The float placement options are described in section
31520 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31524 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31525 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
31532 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31536 \begin_layout Standard
31537 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
31538 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31540 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31541 reference "sec:itemize"
31548 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31552 \begin_layout Standard
31553 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31555 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31556 reference "sec:Branches"
31563 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
31568 \begin_layout Standard
31578 \begin_layout Standard
31579 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
31580 to define LaTeX-commands.
31581 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
31582 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
31586 \begin_layout Standard
31587 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
31589 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31590 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
31597 \begin_layout Section
31599 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31600 name "Menu ! Tools"
31607 \begin_layout Subsection
31611 \begin_layout Standard
31612 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31614 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31615 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
31622 \begin_layout Subsection
31626 \begin_layout Standard
31627 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31629 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31630 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
31637 \begin_layout Subsection
31639 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31647 \begin_layout Standard
31648 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
31652 \begin_layout Subsection
31657 \begin_layout Standard
31665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31666 name "TeX Information"
31673 \begin_layout Standard
31674 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
31677 \begin_layout Subsection
31679 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31680 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31685 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31686 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
31693 \begin_layout Standard
31694 This menu reconfigures LyX.
31695 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
31697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31698 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31705 \begin_layout Subsection
31709 \begin_layout Standard
31710 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
31711 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
31715 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31716 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
31723 \begin_layout Section
31725 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31733 \begin_layout Standard
31734 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
31738 \begin_layout Standard
31744 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
31745 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
31747 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31748 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
31755 \begin_layout Section
31757 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31758 name "sec:Toolbars"
31765 \begin_layout Standard
31766 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31768 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31769 reference "sub:Toolbars"
31776 \begin_layout Standard
31777 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
31778 This is described in the
31786 \begin_layout Subsection
31788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31789 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
31796 \begin_layout Standard
31797 \begin_inset Graphics
31798 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
31806 \begin_layout Standard
31807 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31813 \begin_layout Standard
31814 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31819 \begin_layout Standard
31831 \begin_inset Note Note
31834 \begin_layout Standard
31835 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
31840 manual for more information.
31848 \begin_layout Standard
31849 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31855 \begin_layout Standard
31856 \begin_inset Tabular
31857 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
31858 <features islongtable="true">
31859 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
31860 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout Standard
31866 \begin_inset Graphics
31867 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
31877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31880 \begin_layout Standard
31881 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
31894 \begin_layout Standard
31895 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
31901 \begin_layout Standard
31903 \begin_inset Tabular
31904 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
31905 <features islongtable="true">
31906 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31907 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31912 \begin_layout Standard
31915 \begin_inset Graphics
31916 filename ../images/buffer-new.xpm
31917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Standard
31932 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31943 \begin_layout Standard
31944 \begin_inset Graphics
31945 filename ../images/file-open.xpm
31946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Standard
31961 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31968 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Standard
31973 \begin_inset Graphics
31974 filename ../images/buffer-write.xpm
31975 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Standard
31990 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31997 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32001 \begin_layout Standard
32002 \begin_inset Graphics
32003 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.xpm
32004 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
32013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32016 \begin_layout Standard
32019 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Standard
32031 \begin_inset Graphics
32032 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.xpm
32033 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Standard
32048 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32059 \begin_layout Standard
32060 \begin_inset Graphics
32061 filename ../images/undo.xpm
32062 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Standard
32077 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32088 \begin_layout Standard
32089 \begin_inset Graphics
32090 filename ../images/redo.xpm
32091 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Standard
32106 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Standard
32118 \begin_inset Graphics
32119 filename ../images/cut.xpm
32120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Standard
32135 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32142 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32146 \begin_layout Standard
32147 \begin_inset Graphics
32148 filename ../images/copy.xpm
32149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32161 \begin_layout Standard
32164 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32171 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32175 \begin_layout Standard
32176 \begin_inset Graphics
32177 filename ../images/paste.xpm
32178 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32190 \begin_layout Standard
32193 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32204 \begin_layout Standard
32205 \begin_inset Graphics
32206 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.xpm
32207 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32208 rotateOrigin center
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Standard
32223 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32224 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32225 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
32232 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32236 \begin_layout Standard
32237 \begin_inset Graphics
32238 filename ../images/font-emph.xpm
32239 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Standard
32252 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
32254 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
32264 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Standard
32269 \begin_inset Graphics
32270 filename ../images/font-noun.xpm
32271 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Standard
32284 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
32286 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
32296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Standard
32301 \begin_inset Graphics
32302 filename ../images/font-free-apply.xpm
32303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32315 \begin_layout Standard
32316 Formats text using the current settings in the
32318 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32328 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Standard
32333 \begin_inset Graphics
32334 filename ../images/math-mode.xpm
32335 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32347 \begin_layout Standard
32350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32351 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32352 Inline\InsetSpace ~
32359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32363 \begin_layout Standard
32364 \begin_inset Graphics
32365 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.xpm
32366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32367 rotateOrigin center
32376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32379 \begin_layout Standard
32382 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32393 \begin_layout Standard
32394 \begin_inset Graphics
32395 filename ../images/tabular-insert.xpm
32396 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32397 rotateOrigin center
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Standard
32412 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32419 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Standard
32424 \begin_inset Graphics
32425 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.xpm
32426 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32427 rotateOrigin center
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Standard
32440 Toggle outline window on/off,
32442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Standard
32454 \begin_inset Graphics
32455 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.xpm
32456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32457 rotateOrigin center
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Standard
32470 Toggle math toolbar on/off
32476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Standard
32481 \begin_inset Graphics
32482 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.xpm
32483 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32484 rotateOrigin center
32493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32496 \begin_layout Standard
32497 Toggle table toolbar on/off
32510 \begin_layout Subsection
32512 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32513 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
32520 \begin_layout Standard
32521 \begin_inset Graphics
32522 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
32530 \begin_layout Standard
32531 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32537 \begin_layout Standard
32538 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32542 \begin_layout Standard
32543 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32549 \begin_layout Standard
32550 \begin_inset Tabular
32551 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
32552 <features islongtable="true">
32553 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32554 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Standard
32560 \begin_inset Graphics
32561 filename ../images/layout.xpm
32562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32563 rotateOrigin center
32572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32575 \begin_layout Standard
32582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Standard
32587 \begin_inset Graphics
32588 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.xpm
32589 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32590 rotateOrigin center
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Standard
32609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32613 \begin_layout Standard
32614 \begin_inset Graphics
32615 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.xpm
32616 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32617 rotateOrigin center
32626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32629 \begin_layout Standard
32636 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32640 \begin_layout Standard
32641 \begin_inset Graphics
32642 filename ../images/layout_List.xpm
32643 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32644 rotateOrigin center
32653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32656 \begin_layout Standard
32663 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32667 \begin_layout Standard
32668 \begin_inset Graphics
32669 filename ../images/layout_Description.xpm
32670 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32671 rotateOrigin center
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Standard
32690 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Standard
32695 \begin_inset Graphics
32696 filename ../images/depth-increment.xpm
32697 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32698 rotateOrigin center
32707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32710 \begin_layout Standard
32713 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32714 Increase\InsetSpace ~
32722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32726 \begin_layout Standard
32727 \begin_inset Graphics
32728 filename ../images/depth-decrement.xpm
32729 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32730 rotateOrigin center
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Standard
32745 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32746 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
32754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32758 \begin_layout Standard
32759 \begin_inset Graphics
32760 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.xpm
32761 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32773 \begin_layout Standard
32776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32777 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Standard
32789 \begin_inset Graphics
32790 filename ../images/float-insert_table.xpm
32791 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Standard
32806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32807 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32814 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Standard
32819 \begin_inset Graphics
32820 filename ../images/label-insert.xpm
32821 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Standard
32836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32843 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32847 \begin_layout Standard
32848 \begin_inset Graphics
32849 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.xpm
32850 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Standard
32865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32872 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32876 \begin_layout Standard
32877 \begin_inset Graphics
32878 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.xpm
32879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Standard
32894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32905 \begin_layout Standard
32906 \begin_inset Graphics
32907 filename ../images/index-insert.xpm
32908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Standard
32923 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32935 \begin_layout Standard
32936 \begin_inset Graphics
32937 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.xpm
32938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32950 \begin_layout Standard
32953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32954 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
32961 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32965 \begin_layout Standard
32966 \begin_inset Graphics
32967 filename ../images/footnote-insert.xpm
32968 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
32977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32980 \begin_layout Standard
32983 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32994 \begin_layout Standard
32995 \begin_inset Graphics
32996 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.xpm
32997 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
32998 rotateOrigin center
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Standard
33013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33014 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
33021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33026 \begin_inset Graphics
33027 filename ../images/note-insert.xpm
33028 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Standard
33043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33044 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Standard
33057 \begin_inset Graphics
33058 filename ../images/url-insert.xpm
33059 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33071 \begin_layout Standard
33074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33081 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Standard
33086 \begin_inset Graphics
33087 filename ../images/ert-insert.xpm
33088 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33100 \begin_layout Standard
33103 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33110 \begin_layout Standard
33125 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Standard
33130 \begin_inset Graphics
33131 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.xpm
33132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33144 \begin_layout Standard
33147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33148 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33156 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Standard
33161 \begin_inset Graphics
33162 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.xpm
33163 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33164 rotateOrigin center
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Standard
33179 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Standard
33192 \begin_inset Graphics
33193 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.xpm
33194 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33195 rotateOrigin center
33204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33207 \begin_layout Standard
33210 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33211 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
33218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Standard
33223 \begin_inset Graphics
33224 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.xpm
33225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33226 rotateOrigin center
33235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33238 \begin_layout Standard
33241 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33255 \begin_layout Subsection
33256 View / Update Toolbar
33257 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33258 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
33265 \begin_layout Standard
33266 \begin_inset Graphics
33267 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
33274 \begin_layout Standard
33275 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33281 \begin_layout Standard
33282 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
33286 \begin_layout Standard
33287 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33293 \begin_layout Standard
33294 \begin_inset Tabular
33295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
33296 <features islongtable="true">
33297 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33298 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Standard
33304 \begin_inset Graphics
33305 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.xpm
33306 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33307 rotateOrigin center
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Standard
33322 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Standard
33334 \begin_inset Graphics
33335 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.xpm
33336 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33337 rotateOrigin center
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Standard
33352 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33353 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Standard
33365 \begin_inset Graphics
33366 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.xpm
33367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33368 rotateOrigin center
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Standard
33383 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33390 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Standard
33395 \begin_inset Graphics
33396 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.xpm
33397 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33398 rotateOrigin center
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Standard
33413 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33414 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33419 \begin_layout Standard
33420 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
33421 functionality is merged with
33423 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Standard
33443 \begin_inset Graphics
33444 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.xpm
33445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33446 rotateOrigin center
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Standard
33461 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33472 \begin_layout Standard
33473 \begin_inset Graphics
33474 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.xpm
33475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33476 rotateOrigin center
33485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33488 \begin_layout Standard
33491 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33492 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33506 \begin_layout Subsection
33510 \begin_layout Standard
33511 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33513 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33514 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
33518 , the table toolbar
33519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33520 name "Toolbar ! Table"
33524 is explained in the
33531 \begin_layout Chapter
33537 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33538 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
33543 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33544 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
33551 \begin_layout Standard
33552 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33554 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
33557 \begin_layout Section
33561 \begin_layout Subsection
33563 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33571 \begin_layout Standard
33572 At first a note: You have to restart LyX before changes in .ui and .bind-files
33576 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33577 User Interface File
33580 \begin_layout Standard
33581 The appearance of both the menu and toolbar can both be changed by choosing
33587 For the moment, only one file exists, the
33592 A .ui-file is a text file where the menu and toolbar entries are listed.
33593 To create a new .ui-file, start with a copy of the default.ui from the folder
33594 lyx/share/lyx/ui and edit the entries.
33597 \begin_layout Standard
33602 files is straightforward.
33615 entries must be ended with an explicit
33640 s and in the case of the
33641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33645 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33653 One small word of warning.
33658 s may be inserted in a
33666 , but they are defined as
33677 \begin_layout Standard
33678 Now an example: Assuming you use the menu
33680 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33683 quite often and therefore want four available bookmarks, you can simply
33688 Item "Save Bookmark 4" "bookmark-save 4"
33690 Item "Goto Bookmark
33691 4" "bookmark-goto 4"
33695 to the navigate menu section in the .ui-file to have
33696 the fourth bookmark.
33699 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
33701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
33702 name "sec:bindings"
33709 \begin_layout Standard
33710 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
33711 Several prepackaged binding files are available:
33714 \begin_layout Description
33715 cua.bind set of bindings (as the typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts)
33718 \begin_layout Description
33719 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
33730 \begin_layout Description
33731 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac
33732 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33738 \begin_layout Standard
33739 There are also bind file for designed to them with special document classes,
33740 like broadway.bind) and bind files for special languages.
33741 The language bind file names begin with a language code, e.g.
33743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33751 LyX supports internationalization of the user interface, see section\InsetSpace ~
33753 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33754 reference "sec:Selecting-an-alternative"
33759 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
33763 \begin_layout Standard
33764 Some bind files, like math.bind, have only a small scope.
33765 When looking at the the end of the file cua.bind, you can see that they
33766 are included to keep the overview in the bind file.
33769 \begin_layout Standard
33770 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the .bind-file
33771 s with a text editor and don't forget to load the modified files into LyX
33781 files is straightforward:
33784 \begin_layout Standard
33789 bind <key combination> <lyx-function>
33792 \begin_layout Standard
33793 Both key combination and lyx-function (including any arguments) must be
33794 enclosed in "double quotes".
33795 All the LyX functions are listed in the
33802 \begin_layout Subsection
33806 \begin_layout Standard
33807 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
33808 Notice that this section only deals with the fonts
33813 The fonts that appear on the
33821 are independent from these fonts, and are set in the menu
33823 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33829 \begin_layout Standard
33830 By default, LyX uses
33842 (depends on the system) as sans serif font, and
33846 as monospaced/typewriter font.
33849 \begin_layout Standard
33854 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
33857 \begin_layout Standard
33858 The Font Sizes are adjusted as letter height in units of points.
33859 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33860 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33861 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
33863 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33864 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
33869 The font sizes are the same as used for a document font size of 10
33870 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
33874 They are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
33876 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33877 reference "sub:Document-Font"
33884 \begin_layout Subsection
33888 \begin_layout Standard
33889 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
33890 Just choose an item in the list and use the
33897 \begin_layout Subsection
33901 \begin_layout Standard
33902 Here could you specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
33905 \begin_layout Standard
33906 The button instant preview is used to enable previewing snippets of your
33908 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33910 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33911 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
33918 \begin_layout Subsection
33922 \begin_layout Standard
33924 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
33925 can use the keyboard map file named
33930 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating
33932 These keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and doesn't work on
33936 \begin_layout Section
33940 \begin_layout Section
33944 \begin_layout Section
33948 \begin_layout Subsection
33952 \begin_layout Standard
33957 is the language used in new documents.
33958 The Language package should always be babel.
33959 babel translates in the background automatically text labels to the document
33961 A text label is for instance the word
33962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33969 at the beginning of every table-caption.
33976 is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
33977 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at section\InsetSpace ~
33979 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
33980 reference "sec:ERT"
33987 \begin_layout Standard
33995 \begin_layout Standard
33996 There are also the following options in the menu:
33999 \begin_layout Description
34001 babel whether babel is used or not
34004 \begin_layout Description
34008 \begin_layout Description
34013 \begin_layout Description
34018 \begin_layout Description
34020 foreign\InsetSpace ~
34021 languages text marked formatted in a language different from
34022 the document language will be blue underlined
34025 \begin_layout Description
34029 language\InsetSpace ~
34030 support enables the use of languages, written from right
34031 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi
34034 \begin_layout Subsection
34038 \begin_layout Standard
34039 The spellchecker setting are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34041 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34042 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
34049 \begin_layout Section
34053 \begin_layout Subsection
34057 \begin_layout Subsection
34061 \begin_layout Standard
34062 %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
34065 \begin_layout Standard
34067 %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
34070 \begin_layout Standard
34072 %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
34075 \begin_layout Standard
34077 %B locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
34080 \begin_layout Standard
34082 %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
34085 \begin_layout Standard
34087 %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) [00-99]
34090 \begin_layout Standard
34092 %d day of month (01..31)
34095 \begin_layout Standard
34100 \begin_layout Standard
34102 %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
34105 \begin_layout Standard
34107 %F same as %Y-%m-%d
34110 \begin_layout Standard
34112 %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
34115 \begin_layout Standard
34117 %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
34120 \begin_layout Standard
34125 \begin_layout Standard
34130 \begin_layout Standard
34135 \begin_layout Standard
34137 %j day of year (001..366)
34140 \begin_layout Standard
34145 \begin_layout Standard
34150 \begin_layout Standard
34155 \begin_layout Standard
34160 \begin_layout Standard
34165 \begin_layout Standard
34167 %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
34170 \begin_layout Standard
34172 %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in many locales)
34175 \begin_layout Standard
34177 %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in many locales)
34180 \begin_layout Standard
34182 %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
34185 \begin_layout Standard
34187 %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
34190 \begin_layout Standard
34192 %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)
34195 \begin_layout Standard
34197 %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommodate a leap second
34200 \begin_layout Standard
34202 %t a horizontal tab
34205 \begin_layout Standard
34207 %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
34210 \begin_layout Standard
34212 %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
34215 \begin_layout Standard
34217 %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
34220 \begin_layout Standard
34222 %V week number of year with Monday as first day of week (01..53)
34225 \begin_layout Standard
34227 %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
34230 \begin_layout Standard
34232 %W week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
34235 \begin_layout Standard
34237 %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
34240 \begin_layout Standard
34242 %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
34245 \begin_layout Standard
34247 %y last two digits of year (00..99)
34250 \begin_layout Standard
34255 \begin_layout Standard
34257 %z RFC-822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a nonstandard extension)
34260 \begin_layout Standard
34262 %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
34265 \begin_layout Subsection
34269 \begin_layout Standard
34274 sets maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
34277 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34278 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34282 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34287 roff command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII
34292 UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them).
34293 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
34296 \begin_layout Subsection
34301 \begin_layout Standard
34311 \begin_layout Subsection
34315 \begin_layout Section
34319 \begin_layout Standard
34320 LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using
34322 Define a pair of formats, e.g.
34332 Now define a converter from one format to the other.
34333 In our example, two possible mechanisms exist.
34336 \begin_layout Enumerate
34337 A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex
34340 \begin_layout Enumerate
34341 A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX
34342 to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf).
34345 \begin_layout Standard
34346 LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify
34347 two different Format names for
34351 files to be able to use either.
34352 Both are included by default in the
34357 Have a look and then invent your own!
34360 \begin_layout Standard
34361 Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
34362 For example, you might want to use
34366 to examine PostScript files, or
34370 to preview the LaTeX output.
34371 You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
34374 Tols\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34375 Preferences:Converters
34378 For example, to change the
34386 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
34390 (or whatever), and hit
34397 \begin_layout Section
34401 \begin_layout Section
34405 \begin_layout Section
34406 BibTeX and makeindex
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34410 Both the bibliography generating command (default
34414 ) and the index generating command (default
34427 As an alternative for
34435 can be recommended.
34439 \begin_layout Standard
34440 The command to enter is
34443 \begin_layout Quote
34446 makeindex.sh -m $$lang
34449 \begin_layout Standard
34450 where the placeholder
34454 will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language.
34458 \begin_layout Standard
34459 have installed the packages
34476 at a shell prompt for a help page.
34479 \begin_layout Chapter
34480 Units available in LyX
34481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34487 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34488 name "cha:Units-available-in"
34495 \begin_layout Standard
34496 To understand the units described in this documentation,
34497 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34498 reference "cap:Units"
34502 explains all units available in LyX.
34505 \begin_layout Standard
34506 \begin_inset Float table
34512 \begin_layout Standard
34513 \begin_inset Caption
34515 \begin_layout Standard
34516 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34529 \begin_layout Standard
34530 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34538 \begin_inset Tabular
34539 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
34541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
34542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
34543 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
34544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34547 \begin_layout Standard
34553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34563 <row topline="true">
34564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34567 \begin_layout Standard
34573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34576 \begin_layout Standard
34583 <row topline="true">
34584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34587 \begin_layout Standard
34593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34596 \begin_layout Standard
34603 <row topline="true">
34604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34607 \begin_layout Standard
34613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34616 \begin_layout Standard
34623 <row topline="true">
34624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34627 \begin_layout Standard
34633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34636 \begin_layout Standard
34637 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34638 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34645 <row topline="true">
34646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34649 \begin_layout Standard
34655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34658 \begin_layout Standard
34659 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34660 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34667 <row topline="true">
34668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34671 \begin_layout Standard
34677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34680 \begin_layout Standard
34681 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34682 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34689 <row topline="true">
34690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34693 \begin_layout Standard
34699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34702 \begin_layout Standard
34703 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34704 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34711 <row topline="true">
34712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34715 \begin_layout Standard
34721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34724 \begin_layout Standard
34725 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34727 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
34730 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34737 <row topline="true">
34738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34741 \begin_layout Standard
34747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34750 \begin_layout Standard
34751 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34752 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34759 <row topline="true">
34760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34763 \begin_layout Standard
34769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34772 \begin_layout Standard
34773 % of original image width
34779 <row topline="true">
34780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34783 \begin_layout Standard
34789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34792 \begin_layout Standard
34799 <row topline="true">
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Standard
34809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34812 \begin_layout Standard
34819 <row topline="true">
34820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34823 \begin_layout Standard
34829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34832 \begin_layout Standard
34839 <row topline="true">
34840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34843 \begin_layout Standard
34849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34852 \begin_layout Standard
34859 <row topline="true">
34860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34863 \begin_layout Standard
34869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34872 \begin_layout Standard
34879 <row topline="true">
34880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34883 \begin_layout Standard
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Standard
34899 <row topline="true">
34900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34903 \begin_layout Standard
34909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34912 \begin_layout Standard
34923 <row topline="true">
34924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34927 \begin_layout Standard
34933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34936 \begin_layout Standard
34947 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
34948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34951 \begin_layout Standard
34957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34960 \begin_layout Standard
34961 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34962 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34981 \begin_layout Chapter
34983 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34991 \begin_layout Standard
34992 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
34993 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
34996 \begin_layout Itemize
34999 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
35002 \begin_layout Itemize
35008 \begin_layout Itemize
35014 \begin_layout Itemize
35020 \begin_layout Itemize
35026 \begin_layout Itemize
35032 \begin_layout Itemize
35038 \begin_layout Itemize
35044 \begin_layout Itemize
35047 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
35050 \begin_layout Itemize
35056 \begin_layout Itemize
35062 \begin_layout Itemize
35068 \begin_layout Itemize
35074 \begin_layout Itemize
35080 \begin_layout Itemize
35086 \begin_layout Itemize
35092 \begin_layout Itemize
35098 \begin_layout Itemize
35100 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35108 \begin_layout Standard
35111 Bibliography created with the
35118 \begin_layout Bibliography
35119 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35129 \begin_layout Standard
35133 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
35143 \begin_inset Note Note
35146 \begin_layout Standard
35153 is explained in the
35158 It creates a TOC entry.
35161 \begin_layout Standard
35162 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
35163 two different ones in one document.
35172 \begin_layout Standard
35176 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
35185 \begin_layout Standard
35193 \begin_inset Note Note
35196 \begin_layout Standard
35203 is explained in the
35208 It creates a hyperlink.
35216 \begin_layout Bibliography
35217 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35218 key "latexcompanion"
35222 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
35224 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
35227 Addison-Wesley, 2004
35230 \begin_layout Bibliography
35231 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35236 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
35239 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
35242 Addison-Wesley, 2003
35245 \begin_layout Bibliography
35246 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35253 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
35256 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
35259 \begin_layout Bibliography
35260 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35272 Addison-Wesley, 1984
35275 \begin_layout Bibliography
35276 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35284 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
35285 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
35292 \begin_layout Bibliography
35293 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35299 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
35301 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
35308 \begin_layout Bibliography
35309 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35318 \begin_layout Standard
35322 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
35332 \begin_layout Standard
35339 of the LaTeX-package
35344 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35345 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
35352 \begin_layout Bibliography
35353 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35362 \begin_layout Standard
35366 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
35376 \begin_layout Standard
35383 of the LaTeX-package
35388 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35389 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
35396 \begin_layout Bibliography
35397 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35406 \begin_layout Standard
35410 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
35419 \begin_layout Standard
35426 of the LaTeX-package
35431 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35432 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
35439 \begin_layout Bibliography
35440 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35449 \begin_layout Standard
35453 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
35462 \begin_layout Standard
35469 of the LaTeX-package
35474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35475 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
35482 \begin_layout Bibliography
35483 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35492 \begin_layout Standard
35496 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
35505 \begin_layout Standard
35512 how to set up LyX for Arabic
35515 \begin_layout Bibliography
35516 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35525 \begin_layout Standard
35529 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
35538 \begin_layout Standard
35545 how to set up LyX for Armenian
35548 \begin_layout Bibliography
35549 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35558 \begin_layout Standard
35562 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
35571 \begin_layout Standard
35578 how to set up LyX for Farsi
35581 \begin_layout Bibliography
35582 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
35591 \begin_layout Standard
35595 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
35604 \begin_layout Standard
35611 how to set up LyX for Hebrew
35614 \begin_layout Standard
35617 Bibliography created from a BibTeX-database:
35618 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
35619 options "biblio/alphadin"
35620 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
35628 \begin_layout Standard
35632 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
35642 \begin_inset Note Note
35645 \begin_layout Standard
35652 is explained in the
35657 It creates a TOC entry.
35660 \begin_layout Standard
35661 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
35662 two different ones in one document.
35670 \begin_layout Standard
35673 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
35678 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex